This is only a preview of the March 1989 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 34 of the 96 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
Items relevant to "Studio Series 32-Band Equaliser":
Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
Articles in this series:
|
BONUS 148-PAGE JAYCAR CATALDO
Build this LED
Message
Board
High Performance In
Your Shirt Pocketl "S:!{~'.~w
3 l /2 digit LCD Display
Ranges
Max Res Accuracy
Vdc
Vac
Ade
100µV
1mV
1001-tA
10mA
100µA
10mA
0.1Q
200mV-1 kV
2V-750V
200mA
10A
Aac
200mA
10A
Ohms 200Q-2MQ
Display also has
Low Battery &
Over-Range
Indication
0.5% + 1dig
0.75%+5dig
0.75%+ 1dig
1.5%+5dig
1%+5dig
2%+ ?dig
0.75%+1dig
Built In Diode Check,
Lo-Power Ohms &
Continuity Test Beeper
4c
•QOc/
/Lori
.,,
Autoranging
~
.{;;..
I
Ft~
Memory Function for
Relative Readings
(DM6235 & DM6335)
Manual Ranging
Over-Ride
(DM6235 & DM6335)
At~
ii
One Year Warranty
Hold Reading Function
(DM6335)
l0A Range
Automatic
Current
Limiting
Overload Protected to
1000Vdc/750Vac
$69.00*
$79.00*
Look At The Low Pricesl
DM6135 Autoranging
3 1/2 digit 10A ac/dc
DM6235 As above
with Memory
function and Range Hold
Prices include 9V Battery and High Quality Silicon
Rubber Test Leads with Screw-On Alligator Clips
DM6335 As above
with Data Hold
l0MQ Input
Impedance
Got ta
•
G (! t ta
•
G 0 IdSta ,-
$89 00*
•
You 've Gotta Getta Goldstar from :
Supported & Serviced Australia-wide by
Elmeasco Instruments Pty Ltd
Dealer enquiries welcome. Call (02)736 2243
Recommended prices only including Sales Tax
A.C.T. John Pope Electrical 80 6576 • J Blackwood & Sons 80 5235 • George Brown 80 4355
N.S. W. George Brown 519 5855 Newcastle 69 6399 • Ames Agency 699 4524 • J Blackwood & Sons
Auto-Catt Industries 545 1322 • D:G.E. Systems (049) 691625 • WF.Dixon (049) 69 5177 • Macelec (042) 29 1455
• Newtek (042) 27 1620 • Novacastnan Electronic Supply (049) 62 1358 • Obiat Pty Ltd 698 4776 • David Reid 267 1385
• Dig1tel 709 65 11 • Geoff Wood 427 1676
N.TERRITORY J Blackwood & Son (089) 84 4255, 52 1788 • Thew & McCann (089) 84 4999
QUEENSLAND Auslec 85_41661 • George Brown 252 3876 • St Lucia Electronics 52 7466 • L.E.Boughen 3691 277
BAS. Au d1otrorncs 844 7566 • Colourview Wholesale 275 3188 • E.C.Q. Electronics 376 5677
The Electronics Shop (075) 32 3632 • Thompson Instruments (Cairns) (070)51 2404 • Solex (Townsville)(077) 72 4466
• Xanthos Electrical (079) 27 8952
$.AUSTRAL IA George Brown 212 311 1 • J Blackwood & Sons 46 0391
TASMANIA George Harvey (003) 31 6533 (002) 34 2233
VICTORIA • G.B. Telespares 328 4301 • J Blackwood & Sons 542 4321 • The Electronic Components Shop 670 6471,
• Factory Controls (052) 78 8222 • Mektronics _Co 587 3888 • Truscott Electronics 723 3094 • AW.M. Electrical Wholesalers
W AUSTRALIA Atkins Carlyle 481 1233 • Dobb1e Instruments 478 1366 • George Brown 3621044
PAPUA NEW GUINEA T E (PN G.) Pt Moresby 25 6322 Lae 42 6246
MARCH 1989
FEATURES
HERE'S A MOVING MESSAGE
display board that you can build
yourself. It can be controlled
from a personal computer or
directly from an IBM PCcompatible keyboard. Details
page 34.
4 Electronics For Everyone by Leo Simpson
Ptl: what you need to know about resistors
42 The NE572 Compandor Chip by Malcolm Young
Abridged data & specifications
84 The Technology Letters by Richard Kopf
Fun & games in the security industry
88 The Evolution of Electric Railways by Bryan Maher
Pt.17: NSW XPT express passenger trains
PROJECTS TO BUILD
WANT TO RECORD compact
discs for use in your car's tape
player? You'll need this CD
Compressor to record the music
without distortion. See page 26.
26 Stereo Compressor For CD Players by Greg Swain
Lets you tape compact discs without distortion
34 Build a LED Message Board by Don McKenzie
Works from an IBM-compatible keyboard or computer
44 Studio Series 32-Band Equaliser by John Clarke
Uses special slider pots for improved boost & cut action
64 Map Reader For Trip Calculations by M. Young
Simple circuit uses a LED & phototransistor
SPECIAL COLUMNS
16 Vintage Radio by John Hill
Timber cabinets are a lot of work
56 Serviceman's Log by the original TV serviceman
The line of most resistance
68 Amateur Radio by Garry Cratt
Build a simple VHF FM monitor receiver, Pt.2
74 The Way I See It by Neville Williams
"Spycatcher": do Wright's electronics bear scrutiny?
OUR TV SERVICEMAN
suffered a few jibes this month
and struck problems with
substitute transistors. His story
starts on page 56.
DEPARTMENTS
2 Publisher's Letter
3
32
41
51
Mailbag
Circuit Notebook
Subscription Page
Bookshelf
Product Showcase
Ask Silicon Chip
Notes & Errata
Market Centre
IBC Back Issues
79
93
95
96
THIS SIMPLE VHF FM monitor
receiver use just two ICs and a
handful of other parts. We show
you how to build it for the
2-metre amateur band. See
page 68.
MARCH 1989
1
SILICON CHIP
Publisher & Editor-In-Chief
Leo Simpson, B.Bus.
Editor
Greg Swain, B.Sc.(Hons.)
Technical Staff
John Clarke, B.E.(Elec.)
Robert Flynn
Advertising Manager
Paul Buchtmann
Regular Contributors
Neville Williams, FIREE, VK2XV
Bryan Maher, M.E. B.Sc.
Jim Yalden, VK2YGY
Garry Cratt, VK2YBX
Jim Lawler, MTETIA
John Hill
David Whitby
Photography
Bob Donaldson
Editorial Advisory Panel
Philip Watson, MIREE, VK2ZPW
Norman Marks
Steve Payor, B.Sc., B.E.
SILICON CHIP is published 1 2 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd. All material
copyright (c). No part of the contents of this publication may be
reproduced without prior written
consent of the publisher. Kitset
suppliers may not photostat articles without written permission
of the publisher.
Typesetting/makeup: Magazine
Printers Pty Ltd, Waterloo, NSW
2017.
Printing: Masterprint Pty Ltd,
Dubbo, NSW 2830.
Distribution: Network Distribution
Company.
Subscription rate: currently $42
per year (12 issues) inside
Australia. For overseas rates,
refer to the subscription page in
this issue.
Liability: Devices or circuits
described in SILICON CHIP may be
covered by patents. SILICON CHIP
disclaims any liability for the infringement of such patents by the
manufacturing or selling of any
such equipment.
Address all mail to: Silicon Chip
Publications Pty Ltd, PO Box
139, Collaroy Beach, NSW
2097. Phone (02) 982 3935.
ISSN 1030-2662
* Recommended and maximum
Australian price only.
2
SILICON CHIP
PUBLISHER'S LE'l-l'ER
Deceiving the eye of
the beholder
This month we have a number of interesting constructional projects
in the magazine but the one which is most appealing to us is the LED
Message Board. We feel that this will be very popular among computer users because it is one of the few build-it-yourself computer
peripherals that is really useful.
Apart from its ability to be controlled by a personal computer, the
LED Message Board is intriguing because of its wide variety of visual
displays: scrolling up and down, wiping up and down and from side to
side, flashing words and so on. It is all made possible by clever programming of the Message Board's ZBOA microprocessor but there is
another interesting aspect - the use of multiplexed drive to the LEDs,
all 672 of them.
Multiplexed displays make use of the well-known persistence of vision of the human eye. If it were not for this persistence, movie films,
TV screens and fluorescent lamps would flicker badly and virtually
every digital display would be unreadable as the digits flashed individually on and off.
Multiplexing digital displays achieves two economies. First, it
reduces the power needed to produce a perceived brightness level in
the display and secondly, it greatly reduces the number of connecting
wires. In a typical 4-digit 7-segment display, a minimum of 11 drive
wires is required if multiplexing is used, compared with 32 if each
digit is driven separately.
That is a big reduction but consider the Message Board: with 672
LEDs it would need a phenomenal number of drive wires and it would
be difficult to get the variety of visual effects. With multiplexing and a
clever serial to parallel data conversion it only needs a minimum of 8
signal drive wires.
But perhaps the most intriguing aspect of the Message Board is not
all the clever driving circuitry but the way in which the observer must
"cooperate" with it in order to see the moving messages. Your eyes
must follow the words as they move from right to left or from left to
right. If you stare fixedly at one of these displays, you will only see a
jumble of lights.
So as well as exploiting the persistence of vision, message boards
also exploit the natural tendency of our eyes to constantly scan our
field of vision and to follow moving objects. Not only are our eyes being
deceived but they are cooperating in the process.
Leo Simpson
MAILBAG
Success with
train controller
You may be pleased to hear that I
built the Railpower controller
[SILICON CHIP, April 1988) and that it
has been thoroughly "thrashed" by
all the local model railway enthusiasts. It has been rated the best
controller·so far! Some locos however
have resisted all attempts to reduce
the "sing" and the writer/assembler
has almost been done over for suggesting to owners of these locos to try
again [to improve the mechanism).
To change the subject, the Mains
Muzzler described in the January
issue is a good project but may I
humbly suggest the following:
(1). Use a PCB-mounted 3-bay terminal strip to terminate the incoming
power cord; ie, with screw-down terminals [rather than soldered) as the
electricity authorities take a dim view
of soldered joints, especially on flex
leads.
(2). The electricity authorities are
down on homebrew multiple power
boards - especially as the multiple is
not switched individually, requiring
plugs to be pulled out of the line
sockets. Of course they frown on
switches on cord/multiples anyway.
Where I worked for many years we
confiscated all made up multiples as
soon as they were discovered - the
faults in some were alarming!
A simpler version with one wall
type socket and switch combination
in a box with PCB and anchored cord
may be a useful variation.
S. Dogger
Stokers Siding, NSW
Pleased with high
energy ignition circuit
Excellent, that's the only way to
describe the High Energy Ignition
[SILICON CHIP, May 1988). It took a
while to obtain the kit but it's fitted
now and what a difference. I drive a
350 Chev-powered Monaro and this
kit has transformed the engine. It has
noticeably more power, dead smooth
idle, easier starting and 1-2mpg more
economy.
I've had the car eight years and
usually tune it myself. In the past,
points were deterioriating in two
months so I hope they'll go a lot longer
now. Also I used to get an ignition
buzz when playing a tape but not on
FM; this has now gone.
I guess if the Kettering system was
pressed with 4 or 6 cylinders, 8 is
even worse. VB owners should be
made aware of this kit: $39.95 versus
an expensive twin-points distributor
set up.
Tom Lloyd
SILICON CHIP,
PO Box 139,
Collaroy Beach 2097.
now very little wasted audio and I get
good listening volume at a control setting only about one third on.
This was the first of your projects
that I have built and it worked first
off. I'm impressed and very pleased
with the result. More in the same vein
please.
Jim Lawler
Hobart, Tasmania
Reynella, SA
Comment: Yes, the points will last a
great deal longer but don't forget to regap them every 10,000km or so. If you
forget this task, wear on the rubbing
block will degrade your timing and, if
let go too far, will stop the engine
altogether as the points eventually
won't open at all.
Alternatively, you could go the
whole hog and convert to a Hall Effect
system, as described in the June 1988
issue.
The best project ever
The Speakerphone project in the
September edition of SILICON CHIP is
a winner - I think it's the best and
most useful project any magazine has
ever offered.
The ability to use both hands while
still carrying on a phone conversation
is the most useful thing ever to happen to my workshop. I don't have to
ask my customers to "hold on while I
look up the file". Everything in the
workshop is accessible without having to interupt the call. Goodonya
SILICON CHIP!
There's only one suggestion I would
make. It seems a pity to waste three
quarters of the audio power in the
220 resistor in series with the
speaker. In fact, the kit I built up
came with an 80 speaker and a 220
resistor, further limiting the audio
output so that comfortable listening
could only be had by turning the
volume control almost flat out.
In my junk box I have some 150
Rola speakers taken from old Astor
b&w TVs. The 3-inch (7.5cm) round
versions are too low-fi for music but
are very efficient on speech which is
exactly what is needed in the
Speakerphone.
I fitted the 150 speaker and reduced the series resistor to 100. There is
Battery chargers
for standby generators
I have just a few minor comments
on a couple of articles that appeared
in the December 1988 issue of
SILICON CHIP. First, regarding the
"anti-tinkle" module mentioned on
page 87, you might have pointed out
that your own "line grabber" [March
1988) does the same job if fitted to a
tinkling phone. I fitted it originally for
this purpose, not as a line grabber.
Second, regarding the circuit on
page 59 entitled, "Charger for 12V
Gel Batteries", this circuit is almost
identical to one I designed about 18
months ago to prevent over-charging
of starting batteries on standby
generators.
Many of these are charged by elcheapo chargers with a nominal
rating of about 4 amps or so. These
have a full wave rectified output with
about 20 volts peak on the "high"
charge setting and a half wave rectified output on the "low" setting.
The normal life of an unattended
truck battery under these conditions
[low setting) is only a few months and
at approximately $120 each (for the
battery), the cost of charger modifications is recouped immediately.
The circuit as shown, minus the
transformer and rectifier, is simply
added between the charger and battery and can be built into the charger.
If the standby generator has an
alternator on it as well, a diode in
series with the output of the charger
is required to protect the LM317. The
circuit could also be useful in marine
applications to keep a boat's battery
topped up when not in use.
Keep up the good work with the
magazine.
John Whittingham
The Gap, Qld
MARCH 1989
3
'
.
.
·
.
.
-
·.
.
.
.
.
-
·
"
_
· 1 ··
·.
.
.
-
-
.
· • ·•
······._..
-- -
-
. . . ···
..
.
-
o·
..,
..
-
.
-
-veryon - ii.
.
'
--
,
..
.
Pt.1: What you need to ·
know about resistors
11111, .
-,
❖,• ,. ,,.
~
111,
·:
•:❖:;}·'. •
• ''"""
Virtually every electronic circuit has
resistors in it. They are.the most basic
of electronic components and the
easiest to understand. One of the big
problems for beginners is how to read
the labelling. On wirewounds, the
labelling is printed while on film
resistors it is in the form of colour
code bands.
By LEO SIMPSON
Well, what is a resistor anyway?
A resistor is a component which
"resists" or impedes the flow of
electrical current. If the resistor
has a high resistance, not much
current will flow, for a given
voltage.
Perhaps the most familiar
resistors are those used in domestic
electrical appliances. For example,
the heating element in your electrical radiator is nothing more than
a large wirewound resistor. It has a
relatively low resistance and is
designed to run red hot. So are the
heating elements in your electric
stove. They draw a relatively high
current of several amps from the
240V AC mains and so they dissipate quite a lot of power - up to
several kilowatts.
Other resistors which are widely
found in people's houses are the
heating elements in toasters, electric irons and kettles, hair dryers
and incandescent lamps.
All the examples just cited are
designed to run from the high
voltage of the mains supply - 240
volts AC. They are specially designed to dissipate (ie, give off) a lot of
power (heat) and they may run extremely hot; eg, the white hot filament in an incandescent lamp.
Another point about the resistors
just mentioned is that they are all
designed for a particular purpose
and they can't be adapted to other
tasks. In the world of electronics
though, we deal with resistors that
are general purpose - they are
designed for a wide variety of
tasks.
Resistors fall into two broad
types, wirewounds and film types.
The latter type use a carbon or
metal film as the resistive medium.
Most resistors used in electronic
applications do not have to
dissipate a lot of heat. Carbon and
metal film resistors commonly
dissipate only small fractions of a
I
I
i
I
,,
11
»w,
,,,,..... ,.Jtl ~ '
I
'\
'
,
Fig.1: an array of general purpose resistors as used in electronic equipment.
The values are directly printed on the two wirewound types while the carbon
film types have colour bands.
watt while wirewound resistors
commonly come in ratings of 5 and
10 watts, although they can be
made in ratings up to several hundred watts. Even so, they are puny
compared to the high power heating
elements in electric heaters, stoves
and toasters.
The photo of Fig.1 shows an array of general purpose resistors,
widely used in electronic equipment.
The unit of resistance
The unit of resistance is the Ohm
(named after George Simon Ohm). A
resistor has a value of one ohm
when it is necessary to apply a
voltage of one volt across it in order
to drive a current of one amp
through it.
On circuits and in texts about
electronics, it is not usual to spell
out the word "Ohm" every time a
resistance value is measured. Instead, we use the Greek letter
Omega - 0. So when we write
about or specify a 12 ohm resistor,
it is written as 120.
Resistance multipliers
The range of resistor values used
in practical electronic devices is extremely wide, from fractional
values below 10 to ten million ohms
or more. Since the use of large
numerical values is unwieldy, it is
standard practice to use multipliers
in front of the O symbol to specify
thousands or millions of ohms. So to
specify thousands of ohms, we use
the multiplier " kilo" - hence "kff'.
So to specify a resistor value of ten
thousand ohms we write 10k0.
Similarly, to specify millions of
ohms, we use the multiplier "mega"
- hence MO. To specify a resistor
of 1.5 million ohms we write 1.5MO.
In normal conversation, you
would refer to a 10k0 resistor as
''ten kilohms'' (pronounced killomes) or more usually as a " ten kay
resistor". For a resistor value of
lOMO you would say it has a value
This article is the beginning of a new series for people
who have little or no knowledge of electronics but would
like to gain some practical experience without delving into
a lot of theory. Hence, the emphasis will be on practical
matters rather than on theory.
MARCH 1989
5
--------+12V
I- OUTPUT
--------ov
I- OUTPUT
10k!l
--------ov
Fig.2: resistors are most commonly represented on circuits as zigzag
symbols. Alternatively, they can be represented as rectangular boxes
as shown in Fig.3 at right.
of "ten megohms" or you might
refer to it as a "ten meg resistor".
For low values, you use the value
direct. When referring to a 1500
resistor, you say exactly that, a
"150 ohm" resistor.
Recognising resistors
on circuits
There are two recognised ways
of drawing resistors on circuits.
The older and more easily recognised way, as used in SILICON CHIP,
most other electronics magazines
and on most commercial electronic
circuits, is to show the resistor as a
zigzag symbol. This is shown in
Fig.2. This shows a number of components in a small circuit. The
zigzag symbols are resistors and
their values are shown close to
them.
The zigzag symbol was adopted
originally because it suggests the
construction of many wirewound
resistors. These are usually a coil
of wire on a ceramic former but
they can take on a zig zag format.
Have a look at the element in your
toaster, hair-dryer or in incandescent lamps.
Often, in order to make the circuit easier to describe, or when
there are very large numbers of
resistors (as in TV and VCR circuits), it is common to number the
resistors - hence R1, R2 and so on.
On some circuits, the resistors may
be numbered but their values in
ohms will not be shown. You might
have to look up a parts list to find
the values.
In SILICON CHIP we always use
the zigzag symbol but we don't
often use R numbers. And when we
show resistors in circuit we usually
leave out the "O" symbol where the
k or M multiplier is used. Hence, a
6.8k0 resistor will be shown on
SILICON CHIP circuits as 6.8k. This
practice is commonly used elsewhere.
Circuits of European origin (and
some drawn to the Australian Standard ASl 102 which is not widely
used) show resistors as rectangular
boxes. Fig.3 shows the same circuit
as Fig.2 but is redrawn to show the
resistors as boxes. You will
recognise the boxes as resistors
because they will have R numbers
(eg, R3) near them or the actual
values.
Decimal points
On some circuits, often of European origin, you won't see values
such as 0.330, 1.50, 4.7k0, 6.8MO
and so on. Instead of showing
decimal points, these same component values are shown on circuits
as R33, 1R5, 4k7 and 6MB, respectively. Instead of using the decimal
point, the multiplier (k or M) is used
in its place. And for small
res~stance values, R is used in place
of the decimal point.
This "non-decimal" method of
labelling resistors is set out in an
IEC standard, publication 62. IEC
stands for "International Electrotechnical Commission".
So when you see a resistor marked 5R6, you will recognise it as having a value of 5.60. Similarly, a
resistor marked 3k9 is 3.9k0 and
one marked 2M7 is 2.7MO. Odd
labels such as lRO, lkO and 1Mo
simply mean rn, lkO and lMO,
respectively.
Resistor types
Fig.4: a selection of 5-watt and 10-watt wirewound resistors. In each case, the
resistor's value and its rating is printed on the resistor body.
6
SILICON CHIP
As mentioned before, resistors
for electronic circuits fall into two
broad types: wirewound and carbon or metal film. In Australia, the
most commonly available wirewound resistors have power ratings
of 5 watts, 10 watts or 15 watts.
Larger values are available but are
seldom used in most circuits.
Where wirewound resistors are
specified on circuits their power
ratings are usually also shown,
hence 5W, 10W or 15W. Often,
there may be the designation
To give you an idea of how hot
these resistors become, if you run
one of these 5 watt "bathtub"
resistors at 5 watts, its surface
temperature is likely to be at least
120°C above ambient (ie, the surrounding air temperature). For a 10
watt resistor, run at full power, the
surface temperature will be at least
200°C above ambient.
This may not be enough to set
anything on fire but it can be
enough to char a printed circuit
board or other components, if the
resistor is too close.
Derating
Fig.5: this heating element (from an electric heater) is simply a large
wirewound resistor. This unit is rated at several hundred watts.
'.I
Fig.6: a selection of carbon-film resistors. These resistors are too small to have
values printed on them, so colour bands are used to indicate the values
instead. The six resistors on the left are 4-band 5% tolerance types, while the
six on the right are 5-band 2% types.
"WW" to show that the resistor is
wirewound.
If you go into an electronics parts
dealer and ask for a 5 or 10 watt
resistor, you will most likely be sold
cine like those shown in Fig.4. Externally, they don't look like wirewound resistors, but they are.
These are a fireproof resistor housed in a ceramic "bathtub".
If you broke one of these resistors
open, you would find the resistance
element inside, wound with very
fine wire (usually Nichrome) on a
round ceramic former about 2mm
in diameter.
Incidentally, the fact that these
resistors are listed as being
fireproof should not suggest that
they don't get hot - they get very
hot. But if they are badly overloaded, with excess current through
them, they don't catch fire and their
casing does not become red hot. Instead the internal resistor element
fuses and goes open-circuit.
It is normal practice to "derate"
resistors in normal operation. This
gives a margin of safety, minimises
long-term drift in the value of the
resistor and makes the component
much less likely to break down.
Typically, resistors are derated to
60% or 70% of rating. For a 5 watt
resistor, this means it is normal to
run it at 3 to 3.5 watts.
Incidentally, sometimes when
reading about resistors, you might
see the term "fixed" resistors. The
resistors we're talking about right
now are "fixed" because their
value is (more or less) constant,
regardless of the applied voltage,
operating temperature or whatever.
Examples of resistors which are
not "fixed" include potentiometers
which can be manually varied or
thermistors, which vary their
resistance markedly according to
their operating temperature.
Wirewound resistors are normally made in values which span the
range from o.rn to about lOOkO or
so. For values above lOOkO you normally need to go to carbon or metal
film resistors.
Carbon and metal
film resistors
Much more common than wirewound resistors in typical electronic circuits are carbon and
metal film resistors with a power
rating of less than one watt. In fact,
the most common resistors today,
which are used in quantities of hundreds of millions every year
throughout the world, are resistors
with a rating of a quarter watt or
less.
MARCH 1989
7
wm
~
~
DAVID REID W
For the electronics
enthusiast
ELECTRONICS PTY. LTD.
~===========================~==:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~. . .
RS-232 BREAKOUT BOX
FLUKE 80 SERIES MUL TIMETERS
~
r ...
"The first multimeters that are truly multi"
FLUKE 87
TRUE RMS *.
NOW AVAILABLE
$
• 1 0 signal powered LED's for monitoring
activities.
• 24 DIP switches allow you to cut out or
reconfigure circuits.
• 25 pin " D" plug to socket for inline
installation.
• Complete with jump wires.
726 _00
0.1 % DC Accuracy*
Cap test 1 0pf-5µf
Freq 0.5Hz > 200kHz
Audible continuity
Touch hold
4.5 digit display**
Backlit display*•
Analog pointer• •
Audible tone for incorrect lead
insertion
0.1 % DC Accuracy
3.5 digit display
Spees as per 87 except*
FLUKE 85
$615.00
FLUKE 83
0.3% DC AccuracY
Spees as per 87 except*
$530.00
ONLY s89.95
3486A DIGITAL MULTIMETER
NEW!!! FINEST
DATA SWITCH BOXES
•
•
•
•
•
•
• RS-232 A/8 SWITCH BOX ....... $59.00
• CENTRONICS A/8 SWITCH BOX . . . $59.00
• RS-232 A/8/C/D SWITCH BOX .. .. $89.00
• CENTRONICS A/B/C/0 SWITCH BOX $89.00
WITTY MOUSE
IBM AT/XT compatible.
Max tracking speed: 200mm/sec.
Resolution: 195 dots/inch.
NOW ONLY $
69 .95
MOUSE PAD Enhance function for
•
•
•
•
DB-25 CONNECTORS
ATTENTION BULK BUYERS
$1.08 ea for 100+ save 40%
IBM PRINTER LEADS
08-25 PLUG to CENTRONICS PLUG
1 .8 metre length ... ...... $15.00
3.0 metre length .. . .. . . $27.95
5. 0 metre length . . . . . . . . . $36.95
COMPUTER DISKS
5.25" DSDD . . . . . . $10.95 Box 10
3 .5" DSDD ..... .. . $36.95 Box 10
DISK NOTCHER ...... ONLY $9.95
$6.45
5.25" HEAD CLEANER
3.5" HEAD CLEANER ...... $6.45
•
•
•
•
s68.oo
Test both NPN & PNP transistors
Test diodes & SCR's
Automatic NPN & PNP selection
LED indicators
ONLY s22.95
your mouse ONLY $14.95
SOLDER TYPE
DB-25 PLUG
$1.80 ea
DB-25 SOCKET .
. ..... $1.80 ea
DB-25 BACKSHELL . .
$1.80 ea
50 to 500 volts AC
3 to 220 volts DC
No hard wiring needed
Both audible & visual alert
ONLY
IN-CIRCUIT TRANSISTOR
TESTER KIT
AC/DC VOLTAGE
DETECTION PROBE
MODEL C-400
•
•
•
Autoranging
3.5 Digit LDC display
Soft touch switch for easy operation
AUTO POWER OFF
Slimline design
Diode & audible continuity check
s17 .50
ITC-4 INTELLIGENT COUNTER
•
•
•
Frequency range: 1 OHz to 1 20MHz
Sensitivity : 2OmV <at> 1 20MHz typically
Resolution: 1 o-sHz <at> 1 OHz
1Hz<at>100MHz
s376.oo
COMPUTER CONNECTORS & ACCESSORIES
DB-23 PLUG
DB-23 SKT .
DB-23 SHELL . .
DB-37 PLUG
DB-37 SKT
DB-37 SHELL
.
DB-50 PLUG
DB-50 SKT
.
DB-915 PLUG
DB-915 SKT .
.
NOTE: DB-915 are
in a DB-9 housing .
.
.
.
.
.
$3.50
$3.50
$3.50
$8.00
$8.50
$2.95
$8.00
$8.50
$6.95
$7.45
15 pin
IDC TRANS
CONNECTORS
10 way .
16 way
20 way
26 way
34 way
40 way
50 way
0.1 - IDC EDGE
CONNECTORS
20 way
26 way
34 way
$2.65
$2.75
$2.75
$2.85
$2.95
$4.95
$5.25
COMPUTER CABLE
ROUND SHIELDED
4 way
. . $1.80/m
. . $2.20/m
6 way
.. . $2.60/m
9 way
12 way
$2.90/m
16 way
$3.50/m
19 way .
.. . . $3.80/m
25 way .
$4.50/m
IDC RIBBON
. ...... $2.20/m
$2.95/m
$5.00/m
. $7.00/m
~
TRANSISTOR/FEY/
ZENER TESTER KIT
VALVES
6AQ5
6V6
6DQ6
6GW8
12AX7
PY500
. $10.50
$10.50
. $21.50
. . $9.95
. $8.45
. $13.50
6AU4 . $11.50
6BQ5 .. $9.95
6L6 . . . $13.50
6CA 7 . $13.25
12AT7 .. $8.45
PL51 9 . $29.95
Features: Gain Leakage , Breakdown
Voltages, Zener Voltage , Polarity
NPN/PNP
ONLY
STUDIO 200 PRE AMP
STUDIO 200 POWER AMP
100 WATTS RMS PER CHANNEL
\ ~c.
Specifications:
Output Power: 1 OOW into 8 ohms
Frequency Response: 20Hz-50KHz
Input Sensitivity: 870mV
Harmonic Distorition: 0. 1 %
ONLY
$399.oo
MAIL ORDER FORM
QTY
$49.95
BUY
BOTH
KITS
FOR
ONLY
$595
BRILLIANT PERFORMANCE STEREO PRE-AMP
Features slim line 1 unit rack case , treble , bass , balance , input
selector, tape moni tor switch, stereo/mono switch and volume
control. Inputs: Phono , tuner, CD , VCR and tape loop.
ONLY
$229.oo
Name .. .. . .. .. .. . . ..... . . . . . .. . ... . . .. . . . .... . .. . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.C.
Address . . .. ..... .... . . . . ... ... .
DESCRIPTION
CREDIT CARDS ACCEPTED
CARD NUMBER: . .. . . ....... . .. . .. . . ... . .. EXP DATE:. , . .. . . .. .
SIGNATURE: . . . .. . . . . . . .. . .. . ... ... . . PHONE No: .. . ... . . .. . . .
UNIT PRICE
SUB TOTAL
P+P
TOTAL
TOTAL PRICE
SUPPLIED
P + P RATES
$5-$2 5 .
. $4
$26-$50 ...... $7
$51 over . . ... $9
Table 1: 4-Band Resistor Colour Code
A B C D
i:::::::====1( I
11
11
11
I )~=
~ ~
Band
A
B
C
D
Colour
Tens
Units
Multiplier
Tolerance
Black
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Violet
Grey
White
Gold
Silver
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
1
2
10
100
1k (= 1000)
1 Ok (= 10,000)
1 00k (= 100,000)
1 M (= 1,000,000)
None
1%
2%
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0.1 (divide by 10)
0.01 (divide by 100)
These are the "workhorse"
resistors of the electronics industry. They set bias values for
transistors and op amps, and are
used in feedback networks, filter
time constants and a hundred and
one other circuit tasks which would
not be practical with wirewound
resistors.
These resistors are so small that
it is not practical to print their
values on them so a series of colour
bands is used to show the value.
The most common colour code
system used these days has four
bands but as close tolerance
resistors (2 % or 1 % ) become
cheaper and more readily available, the five band colour code is
becoming more common. In a few
years, these may completely
displace resistors with only four
colour bands.
The resistor colour code
For many newcomers to electronics, the resistor colour code is
probably the biggest stumbling
block. While you are becoming
familiar with the colour codes,
working out resistor values does require some mental gymnastics but
you can get around the need for
these.
Bear with us for a few paragraphs or so while we tell you about
it and then we'll show you how you
10
11
SILICON CHIP
=
20%
these, the last two bands will be
gold and silver or combinations
thereof.
For example, consider a 4. 70
resistor with a tolerance of 5 % .
The first two bands are easy
enough: yellow and violet for 47. To
get 4. 7, the multiplier needs to be
0.1 which is gold. Since it has a 5 %
tolerance, the last band will be gold
too, so the code will be yellow,
violet, gold, gold.
If the value is 0.470 with 5%
tolerance, the bands will run
yellow, violet, silver, gold.
Reading the codes
5%
10%
can get by without knowing the colour code at all.
Table 1 shows the four band colour code system. The first two
bands give the first two numbers of
the value while the third band gives
the multiplier. Take a look at the
table now to familiarise yourself
with it.
The easiest way to become
familiar with the colour code is to ·
cite a few examples. Let's pick an
easy one: a 22k0 5% resistor. The
first two bands will be red followed
by orange for the multiplier. That
gives 22k0 while the fourth band
being gold gives a tolerance of
±5%.
As another example, consider a
resistor with four bands reading
yellow, violet, green, gold. Yellow
and violet give the first two
numbers as 47 multiplied by lOOk
(green) to give a value of 4. 7MO.
Gold gives the tolerance of ± 5 % .
One more example: consider a
resistor with four bands reading
blue, grey, brown, silver. Blue and
grey give the first two numbers as
68 with the multiplier as 10 [brown)
to give a value of 6800 with a
tolerance of ± 10 % .
Low resistance values
It can be tricky to latch on to the
colour codes for low value
resistors; ie, those below 100. On
This brings us to the question: in
which direction do you read the colour codes. If you pick up a resistor
with gold or silver bands, it's easy
- just put the gold or silver bands
to the right and then read off the
code from left to right, as shown in
the diagram associated with Table
1.
It gets tricky though when the
fourth band is red, for a 2 %
tolerance, or brown, for a 1 %
tolerance. How do you go then? It
would be possible to read the value
off in either direction. In most cases
though, you will realise that, if you
read off the code in the wrong
direction, you will get a value which
is invalid.
For example, consider a 680k0
resistor with a tolerance of 2 % . If
you consult Table 1, you will come
up with bands [from left to right) of
blue, grey, yellow, red.
If you read it the other way, ie
red, yellow, grey, blue, you would
have a resistor of 24,000MO with a
tolerance of 0.25%. Now there just
isn't any such animal.
Well, we might have picked an
easy example there. It is possible to
get some values which read the
same way, no matter which direction you read the bands. An example is a resistor with four red
bands. That would be a 2.2k0
resistor with a tolerance of 2 % . Or
you could have a resistor with four
brown bands. That would be a 1100
1 % resistor.
But once you get away from those
examples, it is possible to get
resistors with four bands which
give valid values in either direction.
Take a 1000 1 % resistor for exam-
Table 2: Resistor Colour Codes: E12 Series with 5 % Tolerance
o.rn
0 .12n
0.15Q
0.18Q
0.22n
0.2m
0.33Q
0.39Q
0.47Q
0 .56Q
0.68Q
0.82Q
brown
brown
brown
brown
red
red
orange
orange
yellow
green
blue
grey
black
red
green
grey
red
violet
orange
white
violet
blue
grey
red
silver
silver
silver
silver
silver
silver
silver
silver
silver
silver
silver
silver
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
R1
R12
R15
R18
R22
R27
R33
R39
R47
R56
R68
R82
1kQ
1.2kQ
1.5kQ
1 .8kQ
2.2kQ
2.7kQ
3 .3kQ
3.9kQ
4.7kQ
5 .6kQ
6.8kQ
8.2kQ
brown
brown
brown
brown
red
red
orange
orange
yellow
green
blue
grey
black
red
green
grey
red
violet
orange
white
violet
blue
grey
red
red
red
red
red
red
red
red
red
red
red
red
red
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
1 kO
1 k2
1 k5
1 k8
2k2
2k7
3k3
3k9
4k7
5k6
6k8
8k2
1.0Q
1.2n
1.5Q
1.8Q
2.2n
2 .rn
3 .3Q
3 .9Q
4 .rn
5.6Q
6.8Q
8 .2Q
brown
brown
brown
brown
red
red
orange
orange
yellow
green
blue
grey
black
red
green
grey
red
violet
orange
white
violet
blue
grey
red
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
1RO
1R2
1R5
1 R8
2R2
2R7
3R3
3R9
4R7
5R6
6R8
8R2
10kQ
12kQ
15kfl
18kQ
22kQ
27kQ
33kQ
39kQ
47kQ
56kQ
68kQ
82kQ
brown
brown
brown
brown
red
red
orange
orange
yellow
green
blue
grey
black
red
green
grey
red
violet
orange
white
violet
blue
grey
red
orange
orange
orange
orange
orange
orange
orange
orange
orange
orange
orange
orange
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
1 Ok
12k
15k
18k
22k
27k
33k
39k
47k
56k
68k
82k
10n
12n
15Q
18Q
22Q
27Q
33Q
39Q
47Q
56Q
68Q
82Q
brown
brown
brown
brown
red
red
orange
orange
yellow
green
blue
grey
black
red
green
grey
red
violet
orange
white
violet
blue
grey
red
black
black
black
black
black
black
black
black
black
black
black
black
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
10R
12R
15R
18R
22R
27R
33R
39R
47R
56R
68R
82R
100kQ
120kQ
150kQ
180kQ
220kQ
270kQ
330kQ
390kQ
470kQ
560kQ
680kQ
820kQ
brown
brown
brown
brown
red
red
orange
orange
yellow
green
blue
grey
black
red
green
grey
red
violet
orange
white
violet
blue
grey
red
yellow
yellow
yellow
yellow
yellow
yellow
yellow
yellow
yellow
yellow
yellow
yellow
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
100k
120k
150k
180k
220k
270k
330k
390k
470k
560k
680k
820k
100n
120n
150Q
180Q
220n
270Q
330Q
390Q
470Q
560Q
680Q
820Q
brown
brown
brown
brown
red
red
orange
orange
yellow
green
blue
grey
black
red
green
grey
red
violet
orange
white
violet
blue
grey
red
brown
brown
brown
brown
brown
brown
brown
brown
brown
brown
brown
brown
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
100R
120R
150R
180R
220R
270R
330R
390R
470R
560R
680R
820R
1 MQ
1.2MQ
1.5MQ
1.8MQ
2.2MQ
2.7MQ
3.3MQ
3 .9MQ
4.7MQ
5 .6MQ
6 .8MQ
8.2MQ
10MQ
brown
brown
brown
brown
red
red
orange
orange
yellow
green
blue
grey
brown
black
red
green
grey
red
violet
orange
white
violet
blue
grey
red
black
green
green
green
green
green
green
green
green
green
green
green
green
blue
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
gold
1MO
1M2
1M5
1M8
2M2
2M7
3M3
3M9
4M7
5M6
6M8
8M2
10M
ple. It will have a colour code (from
left to right) of brown, black,
brown, brown. Read it back the
other way, and you get a value of
110 1 %. In this case, both values
are valid. Sometimes there is a bigger gap between the third and
fourth band, which gives you a clue
as to which direction is right but
that is not often the case.
So which is right? The only way
to be sure is to use your multimeter,
switched to the Ohms range.
We'll come back to this point
later.
To help make it easier for you to
recognise resistors with four colour
bands, we have listed out all the
available resistors in Table 2, for
the E12 series. We'll explain what
E12 means in a moment. These are
the values that you will find readily
available from most electronic
parts suppliers.
MARCH 1989
11
Table 3: 5-Band Resistor Colour Code
A B C D E
(
111
II II II
~I
111
)
Band
A
B
C
D
E
Colour
Hundreds
Tens
Units
Multiplier
Tolerance
Black
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Violet
Grey
White
Gold
Silver
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
10
100
1k (= 1000)
1 Ok (= 10,000)
1 00k (= 100,000)
1 M (= 1,000,000)
1 OM(= 10,000,000)
2
3
4
4
4
5
6
5
6
5
7
8
9
7
8
9
6
7
8
9
Table 2 gives the colour codes for
97 different resistor values, from
o.rn to 10MO. Note that we've
listed the values in the conventional
way down the lefthand side of the
table and have used the nondecimal (IEC 62) method down the
righthand side. So if look on the
lefthand side of the table for a
value such as 5.6k0, you'll see it
listed as 5k6 on the righthand side.
This will help you to identify colour
codes no matter how the resistors
are specified on a circuit diagram.
Having boggled on the 4-band colour code, consider the 5-band code,
as shown in Table 3. The first three
bands give the three most significant figures in the value, followed
by the fourth band as the multiplier
and then the fifth band being the
tolerance.
A couple of examples will suffice
to show that the 5-band system is
merely an extension of the 4-band
system. Consider a 10k0 1 %
resistor. In the 4-band code, it
would have a code of brown, black,
orange, brown. In the 5-band code,
it goes brown, black, black, red,
brown. A 33k0 1 % resistor will
have a code orange, orange, black,
red, brown.
Even those who are fully familiar
with the four band code will
sometimes stumble with the five
band code so if you're having trou12
SILICON CHIP
1%
2%
0.5%
0.25%
0 .1%
0 . 1 (divide by 1 0)
0.01 (divide by 100)
ble grasping resistor codes, don't
worry - you're not the only one.
E-series
Before you go too far in the
fascinating pursuit of electronics,
you're going to come up against the
E-series. For many years, there was
only one series of resistor values
and it used to cater for most design
needs. Now called the E12 series, it
progresses as follows: 10, 12, 15,
18, 22, 27, 33, 39, 47, 56, 68 and 82.
From there the series repeats but
with a multiplier of ten, for the next
decade. Hence: 100, 120, 150, 180,
220 and so on up to 820.
In a given decade of resistance,
say from 1000 to lkO, the E12
series gives 12 values, as just
described.
Let's just explain that point about
decades of resistance further. A
decade of resistance is a series of
values which increases by a factor
of ten. The range of resistance
values commonly used in modern
electronics circuits ranges over
more than eight decades from o. rn
to over 10MO. For the E12 series,
the eight decades are as follows:
o.rn to 0.820
rn to 8.20
100 to 820
1000 to 8200
lkn to 8.2k0
10k0 to 82k0
1ooko to 82oko
lMO to 8.2MO.
Every one of the E12 series
values is shown in Table 2.
Now this series does meet a wide
variety of design needs but what
about when the design calls for a
value just about half way between
one of the values in the E12 series?
Say the designer needs a value of
200, which is half way between 180
and 220. For this requirement, the
designer picks a resistor from the
E24 range.
Instead of 12 possible values per
decade, the E24 range gives 24
values: 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 18, 20,
22, 24, 27,30, 33,36,39,43,47,51,
56, 62, 68, 75, 82 and 91. From
there, the series repeats with a
multiplier of 10. Hence, 100, 110,
120, 130, 150, 160 and so on.
We've shown only a portion of
two decades here, from 100 to 1600
but the E24 series spans the same
range of resistance values as the
E12; ie, from o.rn to above lOMO.
Notice that every value in the E12
series is included in the E24 series.
Sometimes though, the range of
values available from the E24
series is not enough. Designers
want more. For these occasions
there are the E48 and E96 series.
As you might expect, the E48 series
gives 48 possible values in a decade
of resistance while the E96 range
gives 96 values per decade.
We've set out the E48 and E96
series in Table 4. Notice that each
value has three significant figures
plus the multiplier - this is why
resistors with five colour bands are
necessary.
Again, if you look through the
values in Table 4 you will notice
that not all the values in the E24
series are included in the E48 and
E96 series. This isn't normally a
problem for two reasons. First, you
can always get a value in the E96
range which is pretty close to the
wanted value in the E24 (or E12}
series.
Second, most manufacturers of
precision resistors make both the
E24 and E96 series in any given
type. This does not always apply
but it usually does. There is a problem with the E24 and E96 series
though and that is that very few
parts stockists will keep the whole
Table 4: E48 and E96 Series (One Decade Shown)
E48
E48
E96
E96
E48
E96
100
105
110
115
121
127
133
140
147
154
162
169
178
187
196
205
100
102
105
107
110
113
115
118
121
124
127
130
133
137
140
143
147
150
154
158
162
165
169
174
178
182
187
191
196
200
205
210
215
226
237
249
261
274
287
301
316
332
348
365
383
402
422
442
range. So if the circuit you are
building specifies values from the
E24 or E96 range you may have to
search out a supplier who has them
in stock.
Just as a matter of interest, there
is also an E192 series. This has 192
different values per decade. It includes all the values from the E12,
E24, E48 and E96 series but it is used only for very high precision
resistors. These are normally only
available by special order from
electronics manufacturers.
Tolerance
We've already mep.tioned tolerance on resistors but it needs some
explanation. Resistors are commonly made these days in the following
tolerances: 10%, 5%, 2% and 1 %.
Much higher precision resistors
are made to tolerances of 0.5 % ,
0.25% and 0.1 % and are used, for
example, for the range multiplier
215
221
226
232
237
243
249
255
261
267
274
280
287
294
301
309
316
324
332
340
348
357
365
374
383
392
402
412
422
432
442
453
464
487
511
536
562
590
619
649
681
715
750
787
825
866
909
953
464
475
487
499
511
523
536
549
562
576
590
604
619
634
649
665
681
698
715
732
750
768
787
806
825
845
866
887
909
931
953
976
resistors in digital multimeters.
However these precision resistors
are not normally available "off the
shelf" and have to be specially
ordered from the manufacturers.
On resistors with colour code
bands, the tolerance is indicated
with the fourth or fifth band; eg,
gold for 5 % , red for 2 % and brown
for 1 % . If you come across carbon
resistors with only three bands,
they are not only very old but they
were made with a tolerance of
20%.
On wirewound resistors where
the values are normally printed on
the bodies, the tolerance may be
printed (eg, 10%) or, these days,
may be indicated with a letter code.
The letter tolerance codes are set
out by a United States EIA standard
(EIA stands for Electrical Industries Association). The letter
code is as follows:
M ..................... 20%
K ...................... 10%
J ......................... 5%
G ........................ 2%
F ......................... 1%
D ..................... 0.5%
C ................... 0.25%
B ..................... 0.1%
If you have a look at the photo of
Fig.4 you will see that the wirewound resistors have a J or K
printed on them to indicate a 5% or
10% tolerance.
It is important to realise that the
tolerance is a plus and minus limit
on the nominal value of the resistor.
So if you have lkO 5 % resistor it
really means lkO ± 5%. This
means that the true value of the
resistor may be anywhere between
9500 and 10500.
In practice, depending on how
closely the manufacturer controls
quality, the true values of 5% lkO
resistors will tend to cluster quite
closely to lkO.
This can be handy to know in
some situations. For example, if a
circuit specifies a lkO 1 % resistor
and you only have lkO 5 % resistors
in your kitty, you may well be able
to get by, provided you check the
value on your digital multimeter.
Using your multimeter
OK, if you've stuck with us up till
this point, you deserve a medal for
perseverance. But what if you still
feel that you will have great pro-
1
I
Fig.7: this photo shows the resistance
element of a wirewound resistor
(right). This is encased in a fireproof
ceramic "bathtub" at shown at left.
MARCH 1989
13
blems making any sense of colour
codes and therefore lack the confidence to put any electronic circuits together?
And what if you are partially or
totally colour blind?
Well, don't let that stop you. This
is where the digital multimeter really comes into its own. Instead of trying to fathom out the code just
switch your digital multimeter to
the appropriate "Ohms" range and
whack the prods across the
resistor. As quick as a wink the
meter will display the value. No
worries at all.
And if you feel guilty about using
a multimeter instead of being intimately aware of the resistor colour codes, consider these points.
First, as we noted above, there, is
the problem of reading resistor
bands the right way, where the
tolerance band is not gold or silver
(which is the usual tip-off).
Second, as resistors continue to
get smaller for a given rating, it is
becoming much harder to discern
what the colours actually are, even
if you are reasonably keen sighted.
And with some brands of resistor it
ca,n be very hard to distinguish between red and orange, or between
green and grey.
This particularly applies if the
lighting is poor or if you are using
fluorescent lights which give a different colour rendering. In these
situations, it can be pretty well impossible to determine what the colour code is.
In those situations, even the most
experienced electronics practitioners have no qualms about resorting to their digital multimeters. We
certainly don't have any such
qualms and neither should you!
Incidentally, you really do need
a digital multimeter to check resistor values accurately. Analog
multimeters are just not accurate
enough.
There is one trap to watch out for
when you are measuring resistors,
particularly those with high values.
The tendency is to grasp one end of
the resistor in each hand and hold it
against the probe tips. In this situation the reading will not be accurate because the digital multimeter will be measuring your skin
resistance as well as the resistor 14
SILICON CHIP
Fig.8: this photo shows the correct way of measuring a resistor on a digital
multimeter. Don't touch the resistor's leads with your hands, otherwise your
skin resistance will upset the reading.
the result will be lower than it
should be.
The way to avoid this trap is to
make up a pair of very short leads
for your multimeter. Fit a banana
plug to one end of each lead and a
crocodile clip to the other end. This
will enable you to connect the
resistor to the meter without having
to hold the prods in contact. Our
photo (Fig.8) shows the method.
Before making the measurement,
set the meter to the appropriate
resistance range. This should be
higher than the resistor to be
measured otherwise you'll get an
overrange or blank indication on
the meter. Short the meter leads
together and check that the meter
reads zero. If it doesn't, jiggle the
banana plugs in their sockets to
make sure they are making good
contact. Now connect the resistor
and measure its value.
~
WOOD FOR CHIPS ... WOOD FOR CHIPS ... WOOD FOR CHIPS ... WOOD FOR CHIPS ... WOOD FOR CHIPS ... WOOD F OR CHIPS .. . WO OD F O R C
NEW NEW
Our popular Bubble-Etcher has
been improved and is now
available with heater for
improved efficiency.
THE BUBBLE-ETCHER
~
:i:
(J
er::
a
IJ..
Cl
a
~
The Bubble -Etcher is a clear
acrylic tank, holding the etchant
in a narrow vertical slot. An
electric heater raises the
etchant to working temperature ,
and bubbles are introduced by a
pump. Movement of the fluid
rinses away the dissolved
copper from the board, etching it
clean in a few minutes.
The air increases effectiveness
of the etchant by providing
additional oxidising power and
regenerating the etchant.
Using ammonium persulphate
as the etchant allows you to see
the etching process as it is a
clear solution. Just dissolve
crystals in hot water, pour into
the tank, start heater and pump.
i5
er::
a
IJ..
Cl
a
~
features
:i:
(J
er::
a
IJ..
Cl
a
~
J
• PC Boards are etched hands
free, no stirring required.
• Over or under etching are
eliminated, as you can see
when .to stop.
• You can leave the liquid
etchant in the tank
permanently.
• Suits PC boards up to
30.5mm X 25.4mm.
• Double insulated pump and
heater. 240V AC, 50Hz.
Tax Paid$ 230.00
Tax Exempt$ 192.00
Exposure Box
~
:i:
(J
er::
a
IJ..
Cl
a
~
~
~
er::
a
IJ..
Cl
a
~
SS= Single Sided
DS= Double Sided
152mm x 152mm SS
152mm x 152mm DS
152mm x 304mm SS
152mm x 30>\mm DS
254mm x 304mm SS
254mm x 304mm DS
304mm x 356mm SS
304mm x 356mm DS
RED RISTON Negative
100mm x 160mm SS
100mm x 160mm DS
127mm x 152mm SS
127mm x 152mm DS
152mm x 254mm SS
152mm x 254mm DS
254mm x 304mm SS
254mm x 304mm DS
304mm x 609mm SS
Vero board
$ 4.40
$ 4.60
$ 8.80
$ 9.10
$ 15.50
$ 16.05
$ 21.40
$ 22.10
Acting
$ 5.35
$ 9.00
$ 7.35
$ 9.00
$ 13.75
$ 16.70
$ 26.50
$ 33.45
$ 64.20
Etching Aids
~
~
Copper Coated
Fibre Glass
Handy size for prototypes,
Sc.otchcal etc. Exposure area
230x115mm. Twin 8W UV
lamps. Built-in timer with LCD
display. Safety interlock.
Tax Paid$ 230.00
Tax Exempt$ 192.00
Ammonium Persulphate 600g
$ 10.00
Ammonium Persulphate 2.5kg
$ 33.20
Dalo Pen
$ 4.50
Etchant Tray-CT3
320 x 260 x 83mm
$ 15.20
Etchant Tray-CT4
430 x 330 x 93mm
$ 23.95
Genuine Veroboard in stock
once again . And this is O.Q.1 the
expensi ve, hard to solder
imitation board with tracks that
fall off. It is VERO which is the
best and we have a range of
popular configurations available
now .
Single Sided Veroboard
No
Holes
of
Per
Tracks Track
121x 101 41
40
$ 9.50
200 X 252 75
91
$ 32.00
95 X 454 36
179
$ 26.00
179 X 454 60
179
$ 46.50
Double Sided Veroboards
Plug-in 32 way tongue
95 X 129 34
46
$ 21.80
Square Pads
Wide
Long
100 X 160 34
54
$ 33.50
DIP Breadboard
Pitch
Pitch
7.62
15.62
Rows/Pads
114 X 15 4 4139
4/36
$ 25.00
LED 3 Digit Pane
Meter Bargain
LED Lamp s
Square 0.25inch with parallel
sides to allow ne at si de by side
mounting . Make your own
bargraph
Red Green Orange
Reduced from $30.00 per
hundred to only
$15 .00
5mm Round Lamps
Red Green
per hundred $10 .00
3mm Round Lamps
Red
per Hundred $9.00
Yellow per Hundred $8.00
~
a
a
.,,
a
:i:,
r,
:i:
;;
(/)
~
a
a
.,,
a
:i:,
r,
:i:
~
Displays
HD1107R Com Cath 0.4 in
LTS4940R Com Cath 0.4 in
2000mCd
All for one low price $0.80
Special offer on these popular
dual digit displays.
-~
a
a
a
.,,
a
:i:,
r,
:i:
~
MAN4610 Common Anode 0.4
in Dual Reduced from $4.80
Now only $1 .20
1. T ,p
2 . HHter hold e r
J . F,1, .... p ,pe
4 . F il! er c:-, 1r idge
5. fd ter remOYmg teve,
6 . Suc1 io n / H011ir
cha nga 1....,,,
7. T htr mo ~nso r control
8 . Eltt1r ,c o ullfl OOtd
9 Cl11n ing p 1n
~
DIC-5000 Desolderlng
Tool
The SC-5000 gun incorporates a
motorised diaphragm pump.
There are no tubes or separate
compressors . A built-in thermo
sensor circuit controls the 60W
ceramic heater to ensure rapid
warm-up . Exact temperature
control prevents damage to sensitive -circuitry. The gun can also
be used as a hot blow tool.
$399.00 ex tax ($479.50 inc tax)
Optional Stand $18.00
RF Chokes
3.3uH RF Chokes pack of 25
were $12.50 now
$6.25
• l' L LSI design
e Big 0.56" Red/Orange LEDs
• Balanced Diff Input/Floating
e 1ooov CMV
This 5V operated DPM was in
our catalogue at $49.95, but to
clear the remaining few , out
they go. Uses AD2020 chip,
Bournes trii:n pots etc. You will
never see quality cheaper at
only$ 25.00
Teflon Coated Wi
We were astounded at the
response to Teflon insulated
wire in our recent catalogue . It
obviously fills a need and we
have located further supplies.
Teflon Insulated 1 x 0,50mm
(24AWGJ
Blue Brown Green Grey
Orange Violet White Yellow
Per Metre
$0.30
Per 30 Metre Roll
$7.50
We still have available a
replacement for that old
favourite FND500 still used in
magazine projects and what's
more we are still discounting
them.
LTS543R FND500
Replacement 0.5in
10 for $8.00
~
a
a
.,,
a
:i:,
2
~
240V to 24 V at 250mA was
$10.00 reduced to
$5.00
Teflon Insulated 19 x 0. 10mm
(26AWG)
Black, Blue, Brown,Green,Grey,
Orange, Red, Violet, White,
Yellow
Per Metre $0.50
Per 30 Metre Roll $12.50
Teflon Insula ted 7 x 0.079mm
(32A WG) Black Red
Per Metre $0.30
Per 30 Metre Roll $7.50
Teflon 250V Insulated
7 x 0.010mm Black Green
Per Metre $0.40
Per 30 Metre Roll $9.50
.:iEOFF WOOD ELECTRONICS PTV LTD
229 Burns Bay Road, (Corner Beatrice St.) INC IN Nsw
Lane Cove West, N .S.W. P.O. Box 671 , Lane Cove N .S.W. 2066
Telephone: (02) 4271676, Fax: (02) 428 5198.
8.30am to 5.00pm Monday to Friday, 8.30am to 12 noon Saturday.
Mail Orders add $5.00 to cover postal charges .
Next day delivery in Sydney add $5.00.
All prices INCLUDE sales tax.
Tax exemption certificates accepted if line value exceeds $10.00.
BANKCARD, MASTERCARD, VISA , CHEQUES OR CASH CHEERFULLY ACCEPTED
~
a
a
.,,
a
:i:,
r,
:i:
~
~
a
a
.,,
a
:i:,
r,
:i:
;;
(/)
~
a
a
.,,
a
:i:,
r,
:i:
;;
(/)
VINTAGE RADIO
By JOHN HILL
Timber cabinets are a lot of work
Last month, I divided radio cabinets into two
categories - synthetic materials (plastic and Bakelite)
and natural materials such as timber. This month's
topic is the restoration of timber cabinets.
The restoration of a timber
cabinet is a far more daunting task
than the restoration of a Bakelite
(or plastic) cabinet and would be at
least 10 times more time consuming. To do a tradesman-like job of a
large console type cabinet can easily consume 20 or more hours of
time.
If one was to charge at plumber's
rates for that amount of time, the
real value of such a restoration
soon becomes apparent. In time
alone, a well-restored radio with a
timber cabinet must be valued at
hundreds of dollars. Whether
anyone would actually pay that
amount is entirely another matter.
Enough of this hypothetical
speculation. Let's get on with the
restoration of a timber cabinet.
Strip down
A complete strip-down of unnecessary bits and pieces is a good
starting point. Everything must be
stripped from the cabinet, leaving it
a completely bare shell and nothing
else.
A thorough clean-up is next and
the cabinet should be brushed
down, both inside and out, to
remove cobwebs, dust, fluff and
other rubbish that has attached
An old flat file makes a handy varnish scraper but care must be taken not to
dig the corners into the timber. If the lacquer is difficult to scrape off, you
may have to resort to using paint stripper.
16
SILICON CHIP
itself to the woodwork. A good blast
of compressed air helps to finish off
this operation.
Many old radio cabinets were
made back in the days when animal
glues were in common use. These
natural glues were quite effective
but they weren't waterproof and
40-50 years or more is a long time
for any glue to hold things together.
As a result, many of the glued joints
may have come unstuck and will require re-gluing.
Some cabinets are better than
others as far as loose joints are concerned. In odd cases the cabinet
frame is strong and rigid and, if it
has always been indoors, it may not
require much attention at all.
On the other hand, if a relatively
weak cabinet has spent the past
15-20 years under the leaky iron
roof of a backyard shed, then there
is a good chance of it being in fairly
poor condition. Such a cabinet will
require extensive re-gluing and the
odd nail or two to tighten up the
frame.
The first major task (and undoubtedly the worst aspect of
restoring a timber cabinet) is to
remove all the old varnish and strip
the outside surface back to bare
wood. On a large console type
cabinet this can amount to anything
from five to eight hours work with
every minute of that time being
totally boring to say the least.
With really ancient radio
cabinets, removing the old lacquer
is not that difficult because it
becomes crazed and loses its grip
on the surface of the wood. When
this is the case, the old varnish
scrapes off with ease.
Although there are many commercial paint scrapers available, it
A nicely restored timber radio cabinet is a joy to behold. This old HMV has a
pleasant blend of several different timbers.
At least 8-hours of work was
required to restore this console
cabinet. The old lacquer had to be
scraped back to bare wood.
sitting on the cabinet and working
on it in every imaginable position
which could spring a joint open.
Cabinet repairs
Paint stripper, woodstop putty and wood stain are all part of the act when
preparing a timber cabinet for respraying.
is perhaps better to make one from
an old flat file. If the end is ground
off at a 90° cutting angle, the
homemade scraper works quite
well. What's more, it is easily resharpened and will just about last
forever.
Not all exterior surfaces are
easily removed. Some of the timber
cabinets from the late 1940s and
early 1950s still have their lacquer
well attached and it can be extremely difficult to scrape off.
These cabinets require a more
drastic means of attack and paint
stripper is usually quite effective.
Even then, removing the old varnish
can be a long and tedious job. It can
also be a bit messy.
Anyway, like it or not, if one is to
restore a timber radio cabinet, then
all the original surface treatment
must be removed by some means or
other. And no matter how it is done,
it will involve a good many hours of
work.
Once all the lacquer has been
removed, it's a good idea to recheck for loose joints again. The
scraping operation often involves
One disadvantage with wood is
that it dents easily and these dents
are the next problem to overcome.
Applying steam (either by a boiling
kettle or a hot iron placed on a
damp cloth) will help to lessen the
dents. Steaming makes the wood
fibres swell, thus reducing the
depth of the depression. However,
this operation is not always successful due to the size of some of the
dents.
The majority of timber cabinets,
with the exception of very early
radios, are of the wood veneer type.
In other words, the cabinet construction is basically of cheap
plywood which has a thin veneer of
attractive wood on the outside. Occasionally, the veneer develops
blisters and these must be properly
treated before sanding the cabinet
down.
Blisters and other raised portions
of the veneer are repaired by first
cutting a slit into the trouble spot in
order to get some glue inside the
blister. Once this has been done,
the blister must be clamped flat and
held that way for 24 hours untii the
MARCH 1989
17
When sanding, the aim is to
remove all imperfections without
going through the thin skin of the
veneer. There are times when this
cannot be done and it is better to
"bog up" a deep groove or depression with filler rather than risk
ruining the cabinet with too much
sanding. Sanding should be done in
the direction of the grain with a
relatively fine grade of paper.
Interior finish
Open joints and split timbers must be re-glued before the cabinet is sanded
down. You will also have to repair any blisters that have developed, while
cracks and chips can be repaired using woodstop putty.
glue has thoroughly dried. A webbing clamp is a very useful gadget
when doing those tedious repairs.
Any separation of the plywood
will also require re-gluing and
clamping. Ply separations are
usually caused by moisture which
softens the glue and allows the
layers of ply to part company.
Another problem with timber
cabinets is chipping of the veneer at
the edges. These hollows can be
repaired by replacing them with a
suitable patch of similar veneer or
by filling in the gaps with a
woodstop putty of the appropriate
shade to match the timber.
When all these little jobs have
been done, it's time to start sanding
down the cabinet with sandpaper.
Sanding must be done carefully
because the thickness of the veneer
is considerably less than 1mm,
which leaves only a small margin
for error. A coarse grade of sandpaper is not advisable as it can rip
through the veneer in a couple of
heavy rubs.
An air compressor is a very useful accessory for the vintage radio enthusiast.
A blast of compressed air is often useful when cleaning up the cabinet and it
can also be used drive a spray gun.
18
SILICON CHIP
The insides of timber radio
cabinets are usually quite roughly
finished and they are either painted
black or given a quick coat of
whatever went on the outside. Personally, I prefer to touch up the inside of a cabinet before finishing
the outside, although there is no
reason why the reverse procedure
cannot be adopted.
If the cabinet is black inside (as a
good many are), a suitable treatment is a full gloss black enamel
paint diluted about 50:50 with
mineral turps. The thinned down
paint can be applied with a brush
and will soak into the wood so
readily that it leaves a matt finish.
Cabinets that are lacquered inside can be given a one coat touchup with low gloss varnish.
Outside finish
At this stage, some cabinets will
be ready for a final finish but many
others will require further preparation. For example, some cabinet
frames are made of very lightcoloured timbers which require
staining to a darker shade so as to
match the veneer of the plywood.
This must be done before the lacquer is applied otherwise the contrast between the near white pine
frame and the dark walnut veneer
is just too great.
Other cabinets will require some
external painting of trim areas
before the clear lacquer is administered. It seems logical to complete these trim areas first and then
cover the paintwork with the clear
lacquer. The paintwork may require several coats and will need
24 hours drying time before the
final top coating.
Those highlighted trim spots are
usually either black or dark brown
and can give the cabinet quite a lift
Vintage Radio
Kits & Parts
ORPHEUS
*RADIO*
A small spray gun is the only way to go when restoring timber radio cabinets.
This touch up spray gun cost around $75.
A fully restored console cabinet. A lot
of work was involved in this
restoration hut the results made the
effort well worthwhile.
as far as appearance goes. The
paintwork invariably matches the
colour of the knobs and the dial
escutcheon.
It takes time and a great deal of
care to neatly cover these painted
areas and a sloppy job will spoil the
overall effect of the restoration.
When applying the clear lacquer
(three or four coats if a really good
deep finish is required), a small
spray painting outfit is the only way
to go. The job can be done with a
brush but generally speaking,
brushes produce a second rate job.
To my knowledge, radio cabinets
were never French polished.
Clear lacquers such as "Estapol"
seem to be as good as any to use
and one must choose between gloss
and satin (semi-gloss) or mix a bit of
each for a surface lustre somewhere in-between. This bit-ofeach treatment is particularly good
as a full gloss finish on an antique
radio often looks out of place. Antiques should have a subdued appearance and a brilliant high-gloss
finish seems inappropriate to me.
Speaker fabrics, as mentioned
last month, also play a big part in
the restoration of a timber radio
cabinet. Rather than repeat myself,
I will refer readers to last month's
column for details on this aspect of
cabinet restoration.
To sum up, restoring a timber
radio cabinet is a major job that
will test the skill and enthusiasm of
any vintage collector. If he can
come at this task time and time
again, he is either truly insane or
really keen on his hobby. Perhaps a
bit of both?
~
Suppliers of •
•
•
•
•
VALVES
RADIO KITS
CAPACllORS
RESISlORS
BOOKS, ETC.
Please send for our free catalogue
ORPHEUS
RADIO
RSD 898 BALLARAT
VICTORIA 3352
Ph. (053) 34 2513. Fax (053) 31 3412
DESIGN
MANUFACTURE
REPAIR
of Electronic Equipment
No Job too Small or too Large
Industrial and commercial control
and testing systems, designed and
manufactured to your requirements.
Audio Amplifier Modules:
from 60 Watt rms 0.01 % THD
to 500 Watt rms 0 .0001 % THD
(Only 5 connections to be made) .
Temperature Meters:
from -200 deg. C. to 1300 deg. C.
Remote Sensing up to 1 km
HYCAL
INSTRUMENTS
Design, Manufacture, Repair of
Electronic Equipment
(02) 633 5897
(02) 92 6309
Fax (02) 925 0840
MARCH 1989
19
YOUR 1988 DICK SMITH ELECTRONICS CATALOGUE
Many In-Store Specials As
All Hobbyist and Enthusiast Well.
Products
About The Sale
10-300/o OFF
We're tearing pages out of our 1988 catalogue All price reductions are off current prices.
and reducing everything! It's THE BIGGEST
Store stocks only. Some discontinued lines
HOBBYIST SALE WE'VE HAD IN YEARS. We may not be available at all stores. Some items
have to make room for all the new and
on '88 Catalogue pages may already have sold
exciting products in our bigger, more
out, however hundreds of items not shown are
colourful, more informative 1989 catalogue.
at reduced prices.
STORES:
DISTRIBUTORS:
• NSW • Albury 21 8399 • Bankstown Square 707 4888 • Blacktown 671 7722
• Bondi Junction 387 1444 • Campbelltown (046)27 2199 • Chatswood Chase
411 1955 • Chullora 642 8922 • Gore Hill 439 5311 • Gosford 25 0235 • Hornsby
477 6633 • Liverpool 600 9888 • Maitland 33 7866 • Miranda 525 2722 • Newcastle
61 1896 • North Ryde 88 3855 • Parramatta 689 2188 • Penrith (047)32 3400
• Railway Square 211 3777 • Sydney City 267 9111 •Tamworth 66 1711
• Warrlngah Mall 905 0441 • Wollongong 28 3800 •ACT• Fyshwick 80 4944 • VIC
• Ballarat 31 5433 • Bendigo 43 0388 • Box Hill 890 0699 • Dandenong 794 9377
• East Brighton 592 2366 • Essendon 379 7444 • Footscray 689 2055 • Frankston
783 9144 • Geelong 43 8804 • Melbourne City 326 6088 • Richmond 428 1614
• Ringwood 879 5338 • Sprlngvale 547 0522 • QLD • Brisbane City 229 9377
• Calms 311 515 • Chermside 359 6255 • Redbank 288 5599 • Rockhampton
27 9644 • Southport 32 9863 • Toowoomba 38 4300 • Townsville 72 5722
• Underwood 341 0844 • SA • Adelaide City 223 4122 • Beverley 347 1900
• St. Marys 277 8977 • Elizabeth 255 6099 • Enfield 260 6088 • WA • Cannington
4518666• Fremantle335 9733• NorthPerth328 6944 • PerthCity4813261 • TAS
• Hobart 31 0800 •NT• Stuart Park 811977
N.S.W.: BALLINA: Ballina Electronlcs86 7022 BOWRAL: F.R.H. Electrical 611861
BROKEN HILL: Hobbies & Electronics 88 4098 CHARLESTOWN: Newtronics 43
9600 COFFS HARBOUR: Coffs Harbour Electronics 52 5684 DU BBO: Chris's Hi Fi
82 8711 FORSTER: Forster Village Electronics 54 5006 GLEN INNES: John
Sommerlad Electronics 32 3661 GRAFTON: Repairs and Spares 42 1911
GRIFFITH: Mlatronics 62 4534 INVERELL: Lyn Willing Electronics 22 1821
LISMORE: Decro Electronic Services 214137MOREE: Moree Electronics52 3458
MUDGEE: Headware 72 3895 NOWRA: Nowra Electronics 21 0722 WAGGA
WAGGA: Phillips Electronics 21 6558 VIC: MORWELL: Morwell Electronics 34
6133 SHEPPARTON: Phillips Electronics Ply Ltd 21 9497 WARRNAMBOOL:
Marrtronics 62 9870 QLD: BUNDABERG: Bob Elkin Electronics 72 1785
KINGAROY: Holmes Today Electronics 621658 MACKAY: Stevens Electronics 51
1723 MARYBOROUGH: Keller Electronics 21 4559 TAS: DEVONPORT:
A.I.Electronics 24 8322 SA: LOXTON: G & S Electrical 84 7495 MT GAMBIER:
Hutchesson's Communication Centre 250400 WA:ALBANY: Micro Electronics 41
2077 BUNBURY: Micro Electronics 21 6222 GERALDTON: Batavia Lighting &
Electrical 21 1966 KARRATHA: Daves Oscitronic 85 4836
ORDER BY PHONE,TOLL FREE (008) 22 6610 FOR 24 HOUR DESPATCH
.----------,
•
S,-... " ooM•O<"'·~''°'" ""~ '° m · aeco,
~ ;t!i,1"E."i.""~
t1,Jpp"'1l-.rt,cnov
I IMppl"9•iu: 110 , 1to, 40mm
s91s
2IKl , 115,l40m m
IOupH .l!
~tHOOt.voly StylOdbloci< ABS <ow co,nploto w:1nnand,._
O ~~::~~ g-;'~~= P:~~'~:; •· ~~~: ~::; c,! ~~0n~:!,
--=~=
l'Ot ': ''P" ' "'·COOll"',1. ..C c.. ,s,,. no,.. 1, g-Sl " I_ •
l h,ppi<19H'9hl; 0 09
Sl>IPP"'OC OLI0: 220 , 70> 140mm
s179s
200,u,,aomm
10up l1 1.1!
A oupo,0 <1M !o, , :i .,,1 , . u1ypop, 01tc10, ond"1 ony
C oH 1pl,1ttPo<1!o r " Ho1 ,. orkmv c<;>mo~e<> rcp:~1•
m(I'"
::~=~::,,;'~:.::;':i ~~~;~~;~::.,~•,:;;-.,;r,,.•,~o~~~
:;;:;~c~:o~•:t.:=;2:~:;,~:;"'" ~ ,..,u,,odl S,u 1ppro,
lhipp if111woi\Jhl: lt$,;J
With Both Aluminium And Plastic lids...
The New Zippy Box
Tho bo, mo.,.,.o1.,, od~lhomo;o<olo<tr on,c, m"fjo11 nH Oo<OuHol ,10Qu • "'• • " a
• 0<0 1111,ty' '°""" · ...,,h .....,,., OSE Z< pP)' DO• yo,, got on o,on ~ ~or '"" °""''" • ''G" '
lmong pint« oca ,..:ou, a olum,,..vm hd - Yes two •a• '"'" H eh bo• '
210 ,551 175m m
Do0<gn.a ! 0< uH • ""' OutU H< Tr 1noct..., K111K,63001, l>IJ I
1uporb !or 1 ,o, ger011g1ol ,n., rumen.o, com"1umco~on
::••::::::•,0;17~••:~~=•~:,'~•,::m
o>0hlolront ond '"'
~1.~95
~l~~~t:-g,~
~
2 Sizes
~ff~~\~i~li~~!i}~;f~: ~
1
•,•,•,•.•,•,•,
E~~:~,;~,~~~;i,:~::::"i:~,~~~~~:: ,;
::::::::::::;:
;~~~•.-~~~•de~: ii~•,o ,a..1!o, , mo>I 0, 0.-.:1,
;:;:;:::::::::
I/ii
mH " l lhot notc ,...,1 oro ,0Qu 'IOd W11h ,,o,, 10M bt<\
S•• • 9~
:'u~~~~~~}?.~,~~atd
io,
s9:s
o« •t1 o,
'-• >• lng tnn1m1ne, o lnl,•••• d, utt,u c ,-c, Ulif <tlcfor
~':V~;J: :~:,7i~~;l~~-~~~;:/;~,~~~: :•'
~~~;=.:~~- If!~~'~ '
:::::l::l:l:l:::::::::::ttIJt:::::::::::1::::::::::1::::t:::::11:::: : : : : : :JJII1::::::::::::1::::::=:11:::::::::::JJ)JJJI:
Plastic and Metal
Zippy Boxes
D/o
<at>ID~2l2J:Bl s
·" " " " "'" --"""'~----·,w
~-.-us•~"••~ •-
-•o,q,,..........
..,,un.c,on,....... ..,,,_o<l b, .. 01"1peot, ........ 1•0 ....,.,
5,mp1y,..........
Mm. 1w
I rn .. ,·, 1oo c1IIIOIJ<JO num.,.. ol ~our <H1m1r•
<a•IH>• ,,,., ..,
VALUI
IN
\",W
IOUI , ~,.,
Ol!M$
·~:::· '~"': · '~t-m:·
1< ..,.
¼W
V,W
1W
C0tlH>• f dm co, bon f il m C otl>c• fdm
s. ..,n
•• ••••
,,. ,...
WHO
Wound
'"" " ""
~ALI.I I
IN
OHM S
'i'O:'.'.::' •~,;:';;:~·
..,
A• l<Q:I
R.1<1),1
u
A· 1'0II
R.1.,2
R-1'16
R.\ .. I
A- 1111
A-10;Q
R-,.22
A- 1~22
,..u
"u
u
u
A-1<:t
A• " )()
R.1031
A-1434
A·1<36
Duol Roto,yPoh $2.95eo (10 up $2 75 ea)
M!TAICLINEAA
10 ,
1\-11 3•
MUI\I C LOG
A ' 603
,oo
,:, ::mi
A•IUO
A-IUI
50o.
IMPllllAL UtlEAII
A-l<OI
,....
A-It~
A, 1<52
A•I •!•
A, 1< 56
A-1<51
A,l<e(I
A·1•62
,et.
:o•
ll-11:u;
... ,a,o
(!lc!e-dotl wal!s)
$4.95ea (10u p $450ea)
$
~
A-1<111
·-
Wlr• Wound Pohl
10
A·1<6e
so
R,61101
11.ffOl
II-
11-,m
IN'llllAl LOO
11-11 3'1
100
l'OO
500
A-I ~
A,19 11
R,H IJ
R-6901
!,Ok
R,1,,,,J
..~.,- fi!i/ld.,n
$6.95.0 1tOupS6 25 ~a~H-~
2,
5'
11,6917
11·6921
7 ~10,
A-6913
A-0112 S
A-1<72
11.051,
/1.11576
2.71,
Uli
"-
A-1'76
A, 1011
,1.1,12
11-055•
R,108'
11.osu
A-1•H
1\-101
11-05!1
Lge Yflftlcal Trlmpott: 50c ea (10 up 45~ ea)
R -1 0~
U I<
R-Ut2
11 ,0SIJZ
1Hl511<
S~ M
A•lt~
A,1096
.""•
A, 109'
R-1500
A, 1$0:I
A,1 110-1
A,150II
,~
,~.
,_.
R-012•
VOk
11-0&)<
,._
SIOk
;;;
"A-ot-12
11.oe,,
:::~:!
:::i:: i!
A,132:I
A- IJ20
A, 15:1:1
A-152•
100
ZOO
SOO
A-1956
A-19'7
11- 1¥.,9
1!11<
1\.1960
!>, 1$$ ,
A-111112
20011
R- 111&•
11. 1;,i;s
R,1 9"
••
11. , .,,.,
,oo,.
2<
A1 W J
5000
A-1M7
~
SOO
too•
1M
2M2
H- 19~
R-1()69
Hofl1ontol Tl1mpots soe eo (10 up ,s, ea)
:::ili :::ii! !1
,..
:::ill :::m H ,,....
::;: ::::: :1r
§: ~
~ ;i
A- 13311
A- l s:18
j!!=
IM:1<6
A•I™
Ii .!:!
~::E =::::i }H
:::;: ::~~ 1¥1 ••
""" ::m ::::: ,,, :::
: :~ iiili
1:~ m:=
~~l':,,~,s1.,o,,1.
.,, ~--.,
......,,.
~~~~~ :.
l~/i\1imI1~iiiiiiiii;ii~ifiliiimt1tm!llllliI:mmim11111it11lllmi:·
Resistors and
Capacitors
What the buyer thinks ...
"Some of the most popular capacitors and resistors in packs, individually or in bulk at a huge
25% reduction ... lt's about time we gave the hobbyists something extra for all their 21 years of
support."
D/o
1,tc,...,.,.._,.,.,..,...,,0_.,,.,.,. 11>ey
COfl\Jlle!OIJ ...!e7Vou.. co:.il<ll>elll" "''
~~-=.,:;;,::.:~=~==.,
c., . _, *
=111-:r,::~:,.- $1295
Negative Ion Gen
Ma,,1"90Po--u .. ion, ore g0<,0 1o,
rou1 we·•• ,.,..,.... - ,1 co!M oe • pi.,__
..i.t!'
.....,0,,1ol-•"" -t,,jl 'fW"'Og• ~· ·
t,-.,...,o11n1p,oce 01""""""'"'.. ""'" - Du'
:-.:.•~c:~=•
"""'d"'$,r,eompcn,e.t
="!.':~~:-...
2495
lnfrared
240 vott Controller
t>m'"
Fluoro Starter
Oo -
•
·
lluOrH Ce<l! hgl," 1JOD""~- l>l!fl, , l>M"fll'
~=~:~=:--1.:.:.::
_ ...,..,,ou ..,.1,:n"'•"' ""' Tlu1-..1><1n~11
o!Kl•on
........,.....,.,...,p,oo,......,, _,,
:s:-~':"'..
1,,o.i!Q>11 co,,..:'rl>ortll>1ot1.,,., .,o1u
P,OIO-gtvh Me
"°' ""'"'
r.::=r::.s:.u,,,...
How ma ny tomes hl ve you .,,a nted 10 sw,1cn a
powt1, po,M "ON '0 , ·0 FF ,. hen ,t s acro,s 1ne
::::::::,::;,:,::;::::',:':;.:,•i~;·,:::
tan1a .ioc 1n1,a ,&(l Rem01~ Conu ct sw,1ch. rou
c"" swdch on the TC. lamp, , ~a,o or many
.....,,M appl,1nces w011>01>1 n:o.,n5 !ro,r,11,.
cor:,looolrou• bedorcn.. 11,,e 1,..,,u,,·1te•
t5~sed ,n5pe,;Oll:!y on.g,:>edca$8abaul the
si, a olama tChbo• -SO •l'l ~rtocau r ,n
s5995
, 0urpoc: ket o,chp lOJOUf l h,,i 0,c.en11 n
Operale upto 12 m,u es !r omth esw,tch a nO
~-••i a,lly Ou ,gn<1 0!0 ,m« MfflUffl
$695
Speed
Controller
Spore Transmitter for above: •
SC)95
It's here . . .
The Discolight!
~i~:i'·;'~~~:~~o~~~ ~·.~~J.i~~
~ ~!_r·~&l~~:~Why? B-
~~t:~:1:1:::~:.w:u~:
Yaelh1 Dl1co1igt,1do11 a l/ o !the so -1namo,11 H.,1'1 wha1,1w,"do !o,
,ou,,,., tp,a rty·
• Conftft -iodir.ci .,_.,. M'l:Plifi«'• _..,., lfffflinala (lnpa,ahl
lriW, . . . ..,), "'dncl ltom lta own lrlMfflal ffllcrOph- to drinr lour
~ ot bancll ofcolourwcl liehh (11plolOOW1~cti1nMI).
• l'orw•cl, rew.,.. or aut•re..,."111 e h - pattarn,
• SIIIIUII•- atrobt, Ol'I a!Wwr cha11M11
•A.ll•11atir,gpalnolchlln,,.._IINhi"9
anne
Remote Controller
;..:...~=~onorln1,,n,1oecHl.. ortw1i11bleonchaff1', 1!r- • . 1nO so much mo r1llnshort ~ s 1n, compk,llllgllM11 con1tolcentre!o,an111141
v1,iety<>luH,1_!,om ll>e!'.Offll o• ~. 1n, 0111111ema 1eu, and oroien,onal 51.ag,e wo,k,
::orw:.•~:~~t~!~~:'.~':':,~::uons, meetre1. 1Mc - t1gl'II up 10 (end includ1n11• 1
~~:,~~ - ·,. ,.v,ng 8b0ul 0':8 new OIM:Dligl'II .. yau',e l!lsOlutlMr
"Iii"''
165
1
The latest and the bes1
in
electronics
Hobbyist's Kits
Here's what the buyer says!
"We've over 50 kits to clear, to make way for our new 1989 projects, and over 100 on-going kits
- so we've reduced them all. 15% off everything from beginner to expert. All are high quality kits
and all come with comprehensive instruction manuals."
D/o
Soldering Accessories
Som,gk>adod, pl1er g r,pei1ps lo rnu 1 se1,our,o compor1<n1S
P1otoe1your>00Job,o < . nonll "'"'••""'• .,.,..v-ano
m,U S01d...-,o,nto tn11<ut - w,tt>11'1.oio,, .co,:u1
Desoldering
Wick
:;'!,~•: : .~:;,;;.~~":~'::'o~~-"~~~t:.!',:~".~'.'~~~
S~lppl!>1Jwfi9111;i0s,
Cartvoai<•:H0,1G,o.,,nm
Top Quality
Solder Aid Set
DSE - the World-Wide company that .~nows you r needs
Soldering
Accessories
From the buyer...
"Give them 15% Off, right across the board! That's everything, solder, braid, soldering
accessories ... the lot! It doesn't matter if they're our best selling items or not... I need the room."
D/o
T0-220 Heatsink High Efficiency
Packs
Power Heafsink
f>o o>; Ol l<vOClP•Otl hHlllnk O!OfT0 -220
lypoH m.. 1olaol<lop .. blo !OOth0< !yp. .1
...,...,,1,11,ie,1»-H I Mtt<l,olt n<IUg n
=.-..~:~~;==~":'
.......,,a,N,_
. :. f~zg:~::~=~
.._..._
..........,_....,,n,
l'>100Utslnk11oblo lOO> .. lj>&IOhYgo
,.,,.u.. ,oi ....1n111>16C• 1"°°'""io,
...,,g,..1orr.t~Tn.,.ma1,..,.,,oc,
m<>U<>11ngau....,,io,m1>:-
-1•c,...n 1ot
~
"""""" ' IN: 101• IIO • -
Versatile Power
Heatslnk
!I
ffi]
Round T0 -5
.... ..,,..,....... !0.,..,..,,o1..,,..,.. ,.,
""'"'"I.,,~ ,~ a nd bU I pon; b:o hu t
lranlPl!Otll0-5c1 -. M• H " O t>o<ly
~,r~~{
Powerfln for T0-3
~~~==~
: , ~ •ln: 1..:i ,110,».nm
t,t.so
==~10,u-
10up",Cl5
,.._..., ..... ,,
=I ~.___
---'
iv
More and more people are becoming salislied DSE customers every day
eatsinks
~ ge 43
....:. . :S!I
Stereo
compressor
for CD players
Ever tried to record a compact disc for use in your
car's tape player? We'll bet that you struck
problems. This simple compressor circuit reduces
the dynamic range from CDs so that you can make
good recordings.
By MALCOLM YOUNG & GREG SWAIN
If there has ever been an ideal
music medium then the compact
disc (or CD) must come pretty close.
But while CDs give great music
reproduction, recording the contents of a CD onto tape usually gives
a disappointing result, particularly
if the tape is to be used in your car.
The major problem when interfacing these two pieces of equipment is that the humble cassette
tape cannot handle the wide
dynamic output range of the CD. As
a result, high level signals will be
severely clipped while low level
26
SILICON CHIP
signals will be lost forever down in
the noise of the recording system.
If you do try to play such a recording on your car's tape player, the
soft passages will be drowned out
by vehicle noise while the loud
passages will sound distorted
because of signal overload. In
short, the tape will sound dreadful.
Dynamic range
Some readers will not be familiar
with the term "dynamic range" so
let's explain what this means. In
simple terms, it is the difference in
level between the softest and the
loudest passages on the recording.
Compact disc players can handle a
very wide dynamic range, up to
96dB, while tape players only have
a dynamic range of about 50dB.
From those figures, you can see
that a tape player simply cannot
handle the wide variation in signal
level that a CD player can deliver.
But even if it could, we don't want a
wide dynamic range in cars
anyway. There's no point having a
tape with a wide dynamic range if
the soft passages are drowned out
by vehicle noise and the loud
passages almost deafen the driver.
To overcome the above problems,
you need the CD Compressor
described here. It makes soft
passages louder and loud passages
softer. By compressing the dynamic
range, it makes music much easier
to hear in noisy environments like a
car.
LEFT
SPEAKER
CD PLAYER
LEFT
COMPRESSOR
RIGHT
LEFT
RIGHT
SPEAKER
PARTS LIST
RECORD
LEFT
RIGHT
AMPLIFIER
TAPE DECK
RIGHT
RIGHT
PLAYBACK
LEFT
TAPE MONITOR LOOP
Fig.1: the CD Compressor is simply installed in the line between the CD player
and the inputs of your stereo amplifier. Alternatively, for a direct connection,
it can be installed between the CD player and the cassette deck.
3V
3V
2V
2V
1 Printed circuit board , code
SC01203891, 112 x 7 4mm
4 screw mount RCA phono
plugs
1 DPDT miniature toggle switch
1 SPST miniature toggle switch
1 plastic box, 160 x 95 x
55mm
1 1 2VAC plugpack
1 O PC stakes
1 aluminium ground plane , 148
x 85mm
4 5mm PC standoffs
4 1 0mm x 2mm-dia. bolts plus
nuts & washers
1V
Semiconductors
1V
1
1
1
1
2
- 1V
- 2V
-2V
-3V
Fig.2a: a lkHz 5V peak-topeak waveform and a 3kHz
1V peak-to-peak waveform.
In use, the CD Compressor is
simply installed in the line between
the CD player and the inputs of your
stereo amplifier (see Fig .1 ). In
practice, you connect the leads
from your CD player to the RCA input sockets of the CD compressor.
You then take a pair of leads with
RCA plugs on both ends and connect the CD Compressor outputs to
the CD inputs on your amplifier.
To make recordings from CDs,
you use the Tape Monitor function
in the usual way.
Alternatively, for a direct connection, the CD Compressor can be
connected between the CD player
and the tape deck.
When you are not recording from
the CD player, you simply switch
the Compressor to the bypass mode
to eliminate compression. Signal
degradation in the bypass mode is
negligible. We measured a signalto-noise ratio in this mode of
- 116dB.
The CD Compressor can also be
very useful when you want
background music at a dinner party. In this situation, if you turn the
volume right down to allow comfortable conversation, the soft
passages of the music will be lost
completely. By switching in the CD
Compressor and keeping the volume
low, you can comforta bly hear all
-3V
MAX DYNAMIC
RANGE 6V pk-pk
Fig.2b: if the two
waveforms are simply fed
to an amplifier, the system
can be overloaded and the
lkHz signal clipped.
3V
---
---- -
-
--
2V
LM4136 quad op amp (IC1)
NE572 compander (IC2)
7812 3-terminal regulator
7912 3-terminal regulator
1 N4001 rectifier diodes (D1,
D2)
4 3 .3V zener diodes (ZD1,
ZD2, ZD3, ZD4)
5mm red LED
Capacitors
2
4
2
4
1V
4
2
4
2
-1V
-2V
-3V
- ------ -- -
1 OOOµF 25VW electrolytic
1 OµF 16VW electrolytic
2.2µF 25VW electrolytic
2.2µF 50VW bipolar
electrolytic
1µF 50VW electrolytic
0 .1 8µF metallised polyester
0.1 µF metallised polyester
1 OOpF disc ceramic
- -
Fig,2C: a compressor solves
the problem by attenuating
the high-level signal and
amplifying the low-level
signal.
the music while keeping it at an
unobtrusive level.
What it does
To get a better idea of what the
CD Compressor does, take a look at
the diagrams shown in Fig.2. In
Fig.2a , we see two separate signal
waveforms: a lkHz waveform with
an amplitude of 5V peak-to-peak
and a 3kHz waveform with an
amplitude of 1V peak to peak.
Fig.2b shows what happens if
these signals are simply fed to an
amplifier and applied to a system
with a maximum dynamic range of
6V peak-to-peak. The 3kHz signal
can still be handled OK but the
Resistors
4 1 OOkO
6 47k0
2 18kQ
2 3.3k0
3 1k0
peaks of the lkHz signal exceed 6V
peak-to-peak and so a re clipped,
thus causing distortion.
Fig.2c shows what happens to the ·
same signals after they have been
fed through a compressor. As can
be seen, the original lkHz signal
has been slightly attenuated to
make it softer while the low-level
3kHz signal has been amplified to
make it louder.
In effect, the CD Compressor is
basically a variable gain amplifier
which is controlled by the average
signal input level. At low input
levels , the circuit has a high gain to
boost the signal well above the
noise floor. Conversely, at high inM ARCH 1989
27
47k
47k
100pF
100k
+12V
RIGHT
INPUT
RIGHT
0~
Cf100k
.,.
2.2
+
25VWI
.,.
1k
+12V
6
16
2.2
BP
NE572
IC2a
2.2
BP
3.3k
4
10
+
16VWI
1
+
.,. 50VW+
100pF
100k
LEFT
BYPASS OUTPUT
S1b
10
.,.
+
2.2
25VWI
...
COMPRESS
-12V
1k
-12V
10
2.2
BP
11
IC2b
13
12
+
1
50VWJ
~
2.2
BP
3.3k
+
7912
7812
14
10
16VWr
~
~K
.,.
.,.
2x 1N4002
01
---0
12VAC FROM
PLUG PACK
CD COMPRESSOR
,~oo,
GNO
OUT
+12V
0.1
0.1
- 12V
Fig.3: the compressor circuit consists of an NE572 compandor chip (IC2)
connected into the feedback path of inverting op amp stages ICla and IClc.
IClh and ICld function as inverting op amp stages with gains of 2.
put levels, the circuit attenuates the
signal so that it doesn't exceed the
maximum allowable limit to a tape
recorder.
Specifications
The specifications panel clearly
28
SILICON CHIP
shows how the CD Compressor
varies its gain in response to different input signal levels. The maximum gain is about 21dB (11.5
times) for a 2.6mV input and
decreases to - 7.1dB for a ZV input. This means that the circuit pro-
vides about 28dB of compression
over its useful range.
The remaining figures for noise,
distortion and frequency response .
are all quite good, although not
quite up to CD player standards.
However, we can safely say that
the CD Compressor will outperform
all cassette decks and players.
Circuit operation
Fig.3 shows the circuit details of
our CD Compressor. Note that both
the left and right channels are identical, so we will look at how the left
channel operates only.
The design is based on a
Signetics NE572 stereo compandor
chip (ICZ). This chip is called a compandor because it can be used
either as a compressor or an expandor. It is essentially a variable
transconductance cell.
What this means is that the
NE572 is basically a resistance
which varies in proportion to a control voltage. Let's see how this is
done.
To produce a very effective compressor circuit, we simply connected the NE572 (ie, the variable
resistance) into the feedback path
of an inverting op amp stage (IC1a).
Thus, depending on the control
voltage, the NE572 controls the
gain of IC1a to provide signal
compression.
IC1a is actually part of an
LM3146 quad op amp package.
This device was chosen not only for
its low noise performance but also
because of its low cost and ready
availability .
The action starts on the left hand
side of the circuit. Signals from the
CD player are applied to the inverting input of IC1a via a 1µF
capacitor and series 18k0 resistor.
Together, these roll off the
response below 10Hz while the
18k0 resistor sets the input impedance. The 100k0 resistor at the
input ties the input to signal ground
when no signal is applied.
DC biasing for IC1a is provided
by the two 4 7k0 resistors connected
between the output and the input of
the op amp (pins 3 and 1). Because
the NE572 biases the non-inverting
input to + 2.5V, this means that the
output of IC1a also sits at + 2.5V.
The 10µF capacitor at the junction
RIGHT
LEFT
Fig.4: install the parts on the PCB as shown in this diagram. Make sure that all parts are correctly
oriented and be sure to use shielded audio cable where shown.
of the two 47k0 resistors prevents
AC feedback via this loop by shunting any AC signals to ground.
The two zener diodes, ZDl and
ZD2, provide hard clipping for any
signals that exceed 3.9V peak (3.3V
+ 0.6V). This is necessary to prevent overloading a full-wave
averaging rectifier stage in the
NE572 compandor.
To control the gain of ICla, the
output signal is fed to the rectifier
(pin 3) in IC2 via a 2.2µF capacitor
and series 3.3k0 resistor. The output of the rectifier then drives a
voltage to current converter stage
which, in turn, controls a variable
resistance circuit (or variable gain
cell) between pins 7 and 5.
This variable resistance circuit is
connected in the feedback loop of
ICla and thus controls the instantaneous gain of the amplifier. Thus,
the gain of ICla varies in response
to the signal level on its output.
A feature of the NE572 compandor IC is that the attack and release
times can be varied. We simply used the values recommended in the
Signetics applications literature.
The lµF capacitor on pin 4 sets
the attack time while the lOµF
capacitor on pin 2 sets the recovery
time.
Following ICla, the signal feeds
into ICl b which is wired as an inverting amplifier with a gain of 2. A
lOOpF capacitor in parallel with
the lOOkO feedback resistor rolls
off the response above 16kHz. This
stops high frequency noise from being fed into the recording system.
Power for the circuit is derived
from a 12VAC plugpack transformer. This feeds positive and
negative half-wave rectifiers D1
and D2 and two lOOOµF filter
capacitors. The resulting ± 17V DC
rails are then fed to positive and
negative 12V 3-terminal regulators.
Specifications
Frequency Response: 20Hz-1 6kHz (-3d8)
Total Harmonic Distortion: 0 .30% at 1 OOHz; 0.25% at 1 kHz;
0.20% at 1 OkHz; 0 .12% at 20kHz
Signal to Noise Ratio: -60d8 (20-20kHz); -80d8 ('A' weighted)
Input Impedance: 18k0
Output Impedance: 0.30
Typical Gain: +21 .2d8 at 2 .6mV (RMS) input; +18 .5d8 at 5 .0mV;
+ 15.6d8 at 1 OmV; +5.1 dB at 1 OOmV; +2.6d8 at 200mV;
-1.1dBat500mV; -4.1dBat1V; -7 .1d8at2V
The PCB is earthed to the ground
plane using a solder lug which is
secured to one of the PCB mounting
screws.
Construction
This project should be built up on
the PC board pattern provided as
circuit layout is critical for best
performance. By using the PC pattern, you will avoid problems such
as ground loops which can cause
hum.
Before installing any parts on the
board, you should carefully inspect
the copper pattern for defects. In
particular, look for breaks in the
pattern and shorts between tracks.
It is easier to locate and repair any
faults at this stage before the parts
are soldered in.
Begin the board assembly by installing PC pins at all external wiring points. Fig.4 shows the details.
Once this has been done, the power
supply components should all be installed. This involves installing D5
and D6, the two lOOOµF capacitors,
MARCH 1989
29
This photo shows how the PCB is mounted on the lid of the plastic case, along
with the aluminium ground plane. Don't forget to connect the earth track on
the PCB to the ground plane via a solder lug as shown in Fig.4.
Solder the leads to the tags of the RCA sockets quickly, otherwise they wdl
melt the plastic case. Once the wiring has been completed, the leads should be
bound using plastic cable ties to prevent fraying.
the two 3-termmal regulators and
the two 0. lµF capacitors across the
regulator outputs.
Be careful not to swap the two
3-terminal regulators over and
make sure that the diodes and electrolytic capacitors are correctly
oriented. The two regulators are installed with their metal tabs closest
30
SILICON CHIP
to the edge of the board.
The power supply can now be
checked for correct operation. To
do this, you will have to temporarily
connect the leads from the 12VAC
plugpack transformer. Switch on
and check for + 12V on the output
of the 7812 regulator and - 12V on
the output of the 7912 regulator.
There's a good reason for checking the power supply at this stage.
A faulty supply can quickly damage
an IC and a replacement NE572
compandor will set you back $6.00
or more.
By the way, the AC plugpack will
probably be fitted with a 3.5mm
plug. We decided not to use the plug
as it involves buying an extra
socket which is sometimes prone to
shorting out. Instead, we simply cut
off the plug and soldered the two
leads directly to the PC pins.
If everything checks out, disconnect the plugpack supply and install
the rest of the parts on the board as
shown in Fig.4. It's best to install
the low profile components first (ie,
the resistors and diodes) and then
move on to the capacitors. Push
each component down onto the PCB
as far as it will gD before soldering
the leads.
The two ICs can be left till last.
Take care to ensure that each IC is
installed in the correct location and
is correctly oriented. Pin 1 of an· IC
is always adjacent to a notch (or
dot) in one end of the body
moulding.
With the PCB assembly now completed, attention can be turned to
the plastic case. You will have to
drill holes in the front of the case to
accept the RCA sockets, LED and
toggle switch as shown in the
photograph. Another hole in the
rear panel [actually one end of the
plastic case) carries the ON/OFF
switch.
Note that the specified plastic
case is actually used upside down
so that the lid forms the base of the
CD Compressor. The front panel
label has been designed so that the
large block letters "CD COMPRESSOR" sit on the top surface of
the case as shown in the photo. The
"ON/OFF" label is affixed to the top
right hand corner of the rear panel.
The best way to prepare the case
is to first affix the front and rear
panel labels and then drill pilot
holes at each of the locations indicated. Each hole can then be
carefully enlarged to its correct
size, preferably by using a tapered
reamer to ensure a neat finish.
Clean out the holes using an oversize drill before mounting the
various iterns of hardware. You will
have to drill an additional hole
beneath the ON/OFF switch on the
rear panel to allow cord entry from
the plugpack transformer.
The PCB assembly is mounted on
the lid of the case with an
aluminium ground plane (see photo)
to minimise noise. You can make
your own ground plane by cutting
out a 148 x 85mm piece of
aluminium sheet. Trim the corners
of the ground plane to provide
clearance for the corner holes in
the lid, then mark out four mounting
holes using the PCB as a template.
•
Fig.5: here is an actual-size reproduction of the PC artwork.
CD COMPRESSOR
-
The ON/OFF switch is mounted on the
rear panel, with the 12VAC power
cable entry directly below it.
The PCB and ground plane can
now be mounted on the lid of the
case and secured using machine
screws, nuts and washers. Note
that a solder lug is fitted to one of
the mounting screws so that a lead
can be run back to the earth pattern on the PCB. Check to ensure
that there is adequate clearance
between the bottom of the PCB and
the ground plane (the PCB should be
stood off the ground plane by about
5mm).
All that remains now is to complete the internal wiring as shown
in Fig.4. There are a couple of
things to watch out for here,
though. First, be sure to use shielded audio cable between the input
RCA sockets and the PCB and between the PCB and the BYPASS
switch.
Second, solder the leads to the
tags of the RCA sockets as quickly
as possible, otherwise they will
melt the plastic and loosen the
fitting.
The leads from the AC plugpack
POWER
BYPASS
+
♦
COMPRESS
INPUT
.,.
+
LEFT
RIGHT
~
t_;_J
OUTPUT
LEFT
RIGHT
Fig.6: the front panel artwork has been designed so that the words CD
COMPRESSOR sit on the top surface of the case (see photo).
enter through the hole in the rear
panel, beneath the ON/OFF switch.
Bring about 100mm of cord into the
case and then tie a knot to prevent
it from being pulled out. The two
leads can then be separated and
wired to the switch and PCB as
shown.
Testing
Before switching on, go over your
work carefully and check for possible wiring errors. You should also
check the PCB assembly carefully,
particularly the component orientations.
Now plug in the plugpack
transformer and switch on. There
should be + 12V at pin 11 of ICl
and - 12V at pin 7 with respect to
ground. Check also that pin 16 of
ICZ is connected to the + 12V rail.
If everything checks out OK,
screw down the lid and fit four rubber feet to the bottom of the case.
To check the circuit operation,
connect the CD Compressor between the CD player and amplifier
as shown in Fig.1. Select BYPASS
and check that the signal from the
CD player is unaffected. Finally,
switch S1 to COMPRESS and check
that signal compression takes
place.
Notice that the CD Compressor
makes the soft passages considerably louder and the loud
passages a little softer.
That's it! You can now enjoy your
CDs via your car's tape player. !c
MARCH 1989
31
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions from
readers are welcome and will be paid for at standard rates.
R
330 rl
5W
Photo-interrupter
for digital counter
This photo-interrupter circuit
was designed to allow a frequency
counter to be used as a digital
tachometer. It uses a readily
available photo-interrupter (such
as the ZD-1901 from Jaycar)
together with a disc having 60 slots
to be attached to the shaft to be
measured.
By having a disc or vane with 60
slots, a frequency meter with a
1-second counting period will give a
direct reading in revolutions per
minute. As an example, consider a
shaft rotating at 60rpm or 1 revolution per second. Because it has a 60
slots, it will generate 60 pulses per
second which will be read by the
frequency counter as 60Hz. Thus
the counter gives the correct
reading in rpm.
The interface circuit provides
power for the interrupter and
squaring up of the pulse signal.
Power input to the circuit is via a
3300 5W resistor feeding a 12V 1W
+20-30V
32
SILICON CHIP
16VWr
10k
.,.
OUTPUT TO
COUNTER
GREEN
680pF
IRLED
10k
390k
.,.
zener diode and 220µF 16VW
capacitor. ·This makes the circuit
compatible with DC supplies from
17 to 30 volts DC.
The infrared LED in the interrupter to fed via an 8200 resistor
while the phototransistor's collector drives a lOkO resistor. The
signal developed across this
Schmitt trigger uses
discrete transistors
If you want a Schmitt trigger
function in a circuit it is not
necessary to employ a hex
Schmitt trigger IC (eg, 74C14). In
those cases where you only want
one Schmitt trigger, you end up
wasting most of the IC. If you
have a couple of small transistors on hand, you can use
those instead.
Another advantage of the
discrete transistor Schmitt trigger presented here is that you
don't have to put up with the
hysteresis (the difference between upper and lower threshold
levels for triggering) of the IC
package - you can design in
220
0.1i
10k
+
ov
resistor is then fed to one op amp of
an LM324 package, connected as a
Schmitt trigger to square up the
pulse signal.
The LM324 then drives a BC338
to make the output signal compatible with TTL circuitry.
John Whittingham,
The Gap, Qld. ($25)
The circuit of the
discrete transistor
Schmitt trigger.
You can select
your own trigger
levels by
changing the
feedback
components.
your own selected trigger levels.
You can adjust the hysteresis by
changing the feedback components.
Assuming a 9V supply and that
the input is held low, Ql will be
turned off. The base of Q2 will
then be around 5V as determined
by the voltage divider formed by
the two lkO and 3.3k0 resistors.
Because the base-emitter
voltage drop is about 0.6V the
voltage across the 2.7k0 emitter
resistor is 4.4V. Since the collector current of Q2 is l.6mA (4.4V
2.7k0 = l.6mA), the voltage
at the collector of QZ will be
continued on page 71
1pF
ISET (OUT) 1
14 VOUT B
VOUT A 2
13 COMP B
COMP A 3
12 v+
11 GND B
GND A 4
eoul
10 ININ(-) B
NC 5
IN(-) A 6
9 IIN(+) B
8 ISET (IN)
Wide bandwidth
video amplifier
If you have a need for a wide
bandwidth video amplifier for
driving a 750 line, this could be
an ideal choice. The circuit
presented here uses one op amp
of an LM359 dual Norton op
amp. This can be regarded as a
very high speed version of the
familiar LM3900 quad Norton
amplifier.
At unity gain, the gain band-
High impedance
1-watt amplifier
If you need an amplifier with a
modest power output but a very
high impedance input, this is one
that can be built from parts you'll
probably have in your junk box.
The input stage is a bootstrapped
Darlington emitter follower . By using positive feedback (with almost
unity gain so it doesn't oscillate)
from the emitter of the second transistor to the junction of the two
100k0 bias resistors, virtually no
current flows in the lMO input
resistor. This means that the input
impedance becomes extremely
high.
In effect, the input impedance is
determined by the product of the
combined gains of the two transistors (500 x 500 = 250,000} and
the parallel combination of the lkO
emitter resistor and the lOkO input
resistor for the following op amp.
This gives a resultant input impedance of more than 22MO.
The 741 op amp is used in an inverting configuration with a maximum gain of 50. The inverting con-
width product of the LM359 is
30MHz and for gains between 10
and 100, the gain bandwidth product is over 400MHz.
For this video application, one
LM359 op amp is used in inverting configuration. A 750 resistor provides correct loading
for the input while the input
resi~tor to the op amp is set at
7500. This causes negligible additional loading of the input but
is still low enough so that
parasitic capacitance does not
limit the circuit bandwidth.
As presented the circuit has a
gain of 20dB and a bandwidth of
20MHz.
If the other op amp in the
package is not used its inputs
should be tied high via a 22k0
resistor.
(Reproduced from National
Semiconductor applications literature. The LM359 is available
as a stock item from Geoff Wood
Electronics. Phone (02} 427
1676}.
100k
470
+
-
The input stage is a bootstrapped Darlington emitter follower with positive
feedback from the emitter of the second transistor to the junction of the two
100kfl bias resistors. This gives an input impedance of 22Mfl.
figuration has the advantage of a
constant 10k0 input impedance,
regardless of the gain setting via
the 500k0 potentiometer.
The op amp drives a complementary pair of emitter followers which
act as a class-B output stage [ie,
with no quiescent current). To
minimise crossover distortion, the
output stage is incorporated in the
overall feedback loop. Output
coupling to the loudspeaker is via a
470µF 16VW electrolytic capacitor.
The amplifier will deliver almost
one watt into an 80 loudspeaker.
(Editor's note: one drawback of
this amplifier is that it will not have
a good signal to noise ratio. Partly
this will be because the bootstrapped emitter follower input is inherently a fairly noisy stage.
Secondly, it is followed by a 741
in the inverting configuration,
which again is not the most noisefree combination. Still, if high input
impedance is required, and low
noise is not a requirement, the circuit should work well).
Darren Yates,
Frenchs Forest, NSW. ($25)
MARCH 1989
33
By DON McKENZIE
"Have your name up in lights".
That is the ambition of every budding actor and actress. Well, we
can't help you with any breakthroughs in the acting business but
we can show you how to put your
name up in lights. Your own lights,
that is, with your own moving
message display board.
If you live in or around any city
you can't fail to have seen these
moving message displays. They are
used by all sorts of commercial
establishments to highlight their
goods and services. Apart from
television, they must be one of the
most effective advertising devices
34
SILICON CHIP
available. Wherever they are placed, they really do catch the eye.
Watch them for any more than a
few seconds or so and they can
have a mesmerising effect.
They can be programmed to
move the words from left to right,
up and down, to flash or pause - in
fact, you name it, these new
computer-driven message boards
can do it.
The message board presented in
this article has all the features of
expensive commercial moving
message displays but at much lower
cost. The main reason for the saving, of course, is that you have to do
the work in putting it together.
Many uses come to mind for this
message board. If you are in
business then you already have an
application. If you are a member of
a club or charitable organisation, a
moving message board provides an
admirable method of advertising,
particularly at fetes, flea markets,
conventions and so on. We should
place a qualification here: LEDbased displays of any sort are up
against it in bright sunlight. Under
any other lighting conditions, this
display works well.
Features
The message board itself is
740mm long and 100mm high and is
mounted in a dark Perspex housing
which effectively hides the individual light emitting diodes (LEDs)
when they are not illuminated.
In this shot, the Message Board has a static display
but the real visual interest comes from the variety of
moving displays possible: shot on, scrolling up and
down, wiping up and down and sideways, flashing
letters, or words and extra large letters. Messages
can be either entered via a computer or direct from
any IBM PC-compatible keyboard.
I
<, ..
i .·
[
,,. Build .your own
LED ··Message Board
If yoµr computer has been languishing for several
years for want of some exciting peripheral to
drive, this is the one. It is a large and enticing
moving message display board. It can be driven
from the Centronics port on your computer or from
any IBM PC compatible keyboard.
The LED characters are 50mm
high and up to 16 characters can be
displayed simultaneously. With
bright characters this high, the
display can be read from a distance
of 20 metres or more, the upper
limit depending more on your keenness of eyesight.
For even greater visual impact,
the message board has a "large letter" mode which produces extra
wide letters.
The full ASCII character set is
available - ie, every character
available on an IBM PC keyboard or
computer. This includes all upper
and lower case characters.
Each ASCII character is presented in a 5-wide by 7-high LED
matrix with a column of LEDs bet-
ween each character. This allows
all upper case characters to be
presented correctly but lower case
characters with descenders (ie, g, j,
p, q and y) are squashed with
respect to others. This is not really
a problem as most message board
displays tend to use all upper case
letters for greater impact.
Interestingly, the considerable
visual impact of a moving message
display depends on the unwitting
cooperation of the viewer. You can
only comprehend a moving message
written in moving LEDs because
your eyes follow the moving
characters. If you stare fixedly at
the display, to stop any eye movement, you will only see a jumble of
rapidly LEDs.
The total number of characters
that can be displayed at any one
time is 16. Since each character is
a matrix of 7 x 5 LEDs, each having
the additional column of 7 LEDs just
mentioned, the total number of
LEDs employed is 672.
No computer required
As noted above, the message
board can be controlled from the
Centronics port of a computer or
from an IBM PC XT type keyboard.
In the latter mode, no computer is
necessary. So if you presently don't
have a computer but have a yen for
a message board, then it will only
be necessary to purchase an IBM
XT type keyboard. These are widely
available at modest cost. For example, you can purchase an 84-key
model from Electronic Solutions at
around $125. (Phone (02) 427 4422).
Large and varied messages can
be entered and stored in the message board (or actually in its control unit). The unit has 10 message
buffers, the first two of 2K bytes
and the remaining 8 of 256 bytes
each. So the facility is there to store
or display a wealth of information
MARCH 1989
35
The LED display panel is covered and protected by a dark Perspex channel which makes it look smart and professional.
on the message board. This could
include a whole catalog of prices,
news and coming events and so on.
Display modes
Most message boards used in
shops just have the words running
across from right to left, so you can
read them in the normal way, from
left to right. But there is much more
to this message board than that. It
has quite a few display modes.
Some examples are as follows.
The Flash mode enables single letters, words or sentences to be flashed on and off as they pass across
the display. The display can also be
paused for as long as you want and
the flash mode can be operating at
this time.
A message can be built up on the
display by individually shooting the
letters from right to left. The
display can then be pushed off to
the left (exit left) or to the right (exit
right). The display can also be
scrolled down to reveal the next
line of text, overwriting the
previous line (wipe down). Alternatively, the new line of text can be
scrolled down, pushing the previous
line out of sight (roll down).
The same two modes can also be
made to scroll up rather than down
36
SILICON CHIP
(wipe up and roll up).
Then there are two more "wipe"
modes, whereby a new line of text
is displayed from left to right, or
from right to left, wiping over the
old line of text (wipe-forward and
wipe-back).
Finally, there is the large letter
mode mentioned previously, which
can be combined with the modes
listed above. In fact, when all the
combinations of display are used,
the message board can give a very
interesting and intriguing display.
Mesmerising, did we say?
Writing and editing
Writing a message onto the
display is easy. Having done it both
ways, we are inclined to the view
that it is easier to use the keyboard
to enter messages directly rather
than use a computer to create the
message and then dump it to the
printer port (ie, the Centronics
port). Perhaps using a computer is
easier if very long messages are to
be composed.
Writing the message entails no
special software although there are
single or two-key control codes
(entered using the Ctrl key) which
are necessary to engage the display
modes described above.
Messages can be stored for as
long as you want, even if the unit is
turned off, provided the optional
RAM battery backup feature is
included.
We'll talk more about writing
and editing the messages in a future
episode of this article.
System description
In addition to the keyboard and
the Perspex LED display already
briefly mentioned, the message
board also includes a Controller.
This is housed in a standard plastic
instrument case and has a number
of sockets on the back. One is a
5-pin DIN socket for the keyboard
while another is a 25-pin (male
DB25) socket for the multiway cable
to the display unit. The third socket
is for the Centronics cable from a
computer.
On the front panel of the case are
two LEDs, a toggle switch and a
pushbutton. The two LEDs are: one
Fig.1: this is the heart of the Message ►
Board and is essentially a Z80A
microprocessor controller with a 2764
EPROM, 6264 8K x 8 static RAM and
8255 programmable peripheral
interface (PPI). The Z80A runs at the
relatively high speed of 4.9MHz.
..:i
~
....
::r::
co
0:)
co
n
::0
>
~
10k~
R3:
+5V
!
8
m}
8
r8
19
i
ELJc
VIEWED FROM
BELOW
" "
~
RN7f
+5V
16VW
RESE
T ~TANT
4.7k
1
3
R6
4.7k
~""
E15
+5V
,,,. J
C7.•
.,.
Cl
220pF "T"
.o,T
RB
lk
R7
285k
4.91MHI
x1i:;'°
INT
~9
1-7' NMI
, RrnET
I
26
16
ElD
ZBOA
19
IORQ
20
22
jijj 21
wii
Ml 27
MREQ
A
A
Al
Al
Al
Al
.,
--
+5V
N/C
N/C
:
DO
01
02
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
AB
A9
AlD
All
A15
C
A14
DATA BUS
20 CS
18
19
17
11
12
13
15
16
9
8
7
6'
5:
4
3
25
24
21
23
22
"
A
RN2
RN3
RN4
RN5
RN6
RN7
N/C
l.
2o
3o
4o
5o
6o
7o
8o
Huuncoo ouo
AnnDCC'(' D11<'
.,.14
Ell
EPROM
A1021
A924
_U
12
11
"
f
"""I
J
Q4 __j§_
D5
17
D6
181
!!1 19
WE
27
E14
6264
I
GND
OUT
~
IN
5
t t -¥4
22
oe
201cs1
26 CS2
fil_JJi
,DO
!!1
D2
:A14
A15
A122
1\1123
I
C5
5
3
A825
A7
~A....!
'7ii'a1
"A37
J
AO
3
9V AC
OR DC
INPUT
Al
~
CSRESETPC3,
5
7
E12
8255
[
RN5
4.7k
f
--
't
+5V
2fii10.J:
16VW"'f!_
.,.
GNO
.1.t
16VW"'f!_
TANT
f3
2
J4
+12V
1oA
.!osre
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
•
40
+5V
r.lo+5V
5~
-r--
PAUSE
(CUT HERE)
BC1-BC111
llx.Olr
R5
lk
•
RN2
4.7k
.,__.,_...1N"'-I 7805 1ouT •
+5V
RN4
4.7k
================~~•
=-------=:.:J~
PAl!l
PA2::f11,:4
PAD
PC41i1I3
rt 6
. WR
...-3liiii
ifa---!!j A1
~
- t 7GND
Jl
fil
E
D6
D4
D1
iii
03
DO
\'
PC5t:1jj2 ◄--------~___j:i,, 8SY
PA71_37
PA6 38
D7
PAS 39
D6
PA4 4D
D5
1
PA
2
Rl ~ ~ - = - r ~ ~ ~ - - + 5
LEDl eV
DATA
}.
100k
RN6
J2
RN3
_ 128 127 126 ,,
24
26
11
25
4.7k
ll
4.7k
R4
INPUT
BSRO WT
Hi
3300
260+5V
AD 10
25
~
PC7
2
S2
l'ii,"'g
23 0GND
ACK
COM/KBD
RB
2.211
10W
JJ
CENTRONICS 36 PtN
FEMALE INPUT
. - - - -6
a.N.DU16, 19-30,33
J2
26
+5V
25
GND I
JA
12V INO--'IIM-~P-0""-0-➔-----,
r-------------o+9V
9VINo----
32
J1
13
12
25
+
BC1-BC5I
5x.01
24~11
COM MONO--+-----➔---__.
23~10
22~9
POWER TO
PBUFF
21~8
+5V
2 ~ 7
16
19~6
IBM PC/XT KEYBOARD
CONNECTIONS
5-PtN DIN SOCKET
2
18~5
17~4
16 ~ 3
0
15~2
3
14~1
PINS 14,15,17,18,
31,34,35,36 N/C
+5V013
I
GND 012
BSY·-11
6
-
1 CLOCK
2 DATA
KEYBOARD 4 GNO
5 +5V
74LS02
4
E4b
5
ACK 010
D7 -9
11,
8
17
14
D4=
e
I
6
13
B
D3.,. 5
4
02::;
3
01::;
El
74LS373
ENABLE
13
5
S1
14
2
so
15
I
oo;:; 2
,,.
+5V
47011
E2
7445
7
4
4 MMB STB
3
1
ROW 1
2
ROW 2
3
ROW 3
4
ROW 4
5
ROW 5
6
ROW 6
7
ROW 7
1k
BI/ :
\..._~c
Q1-Q7
7x8D646 +5V
J5
D825 MAL
J4
OUTPUT
+ 5 V ~ 1 3,26
_ -12,25
ROW 1
2,25
-
11 10
07
12
06
13
D5
14
D4
15
03
1
ROW 3 ~ 1 0,23
ROW 4 ~ 9,22
47011
Q7
1k
ROW5~
2
D1
3
DO
4
- -~
2_:r
E4a
3
R1
100k
7
':'
8
4
E3
74LS151
1
5
+5V
·<
:
ES
555
~
12
*
LEDf€
RUN
R7
150f!
~
fii::-
;
8D646
.8r==
16VW
,,.
--
DATA_
-
_4,17
-
CLOCK-
-3 16
--
-
4,17
R3
1k
;-
8
K>-'-~
~
1
5,18
74LS04
.........,2
R2
100k
-
+5V
t!L--+5v
7
+5V
~ 8,21
ROW 6 ~ 7,20
_6,19
ROW 7
6,19
BI/;
9
•
D2
-,
-
ROW 2 ~ 11,24
.I!
,,.
..J,!O
15
OPTIONAL COMP/KBD
DECODE CIRCUIT
~c
-1:!
STBol-
.,.
J2/14
+5V
12
6 S2
2
TO RN6 SIDE
OF COMP/KBO
SWITCH
-
J2/22
74LS157
KBO CLK
DIN/1
l,6
9
COM STB
J3/1
J2/14 STB
J2/22 D7
J2/25 GNO MMBCNT
J2/26 +5V
120
7 MMB D7
KBO DATA
DIN/2
1
18
05- 7
D6=
e
COMP 07
JJ/9
BCE
7805
•;oo,
-
3,16
R4
1k
.,.
+sv---o--oLlL-o-:- 2,15
~
1,14
GNO
Fig.2: this is the interface board circuitry. It takes data lines from the PPI (programmable peripheral interface) and
decodes it to obtain the 7 row driver lines. It also produces the serial data to drive the 8-bit shift registers in the LED
display panel.
to monnor Data input from the
keyboard or computer while the
other is a Run indicator when a
message is being displayed. The
toggle switch is used to select input
38
SILICON CHIP
from the keyboard or computer
while the pushbutton switch is a
system reset in case you goof and
latch it up.
We used this button quite a lot
while we learnt to program the
message board.
Inside the case of the controller
is a power transformer and two
printed circuit boards. One is a
Jl
+ 5 V ~ 1 3,26
ROW 1- 12,25
ROW 2- 11,24
ROW 3
10,23
ROW 49,22
ROW 5_ 8,21
HOWL _
7,20
ROW 7- 6,19
J2
13,260-0---+5V
12,25 - -ROW 1
11,24
10,23
9,22
---
5,18
·,
--
I'
ROW 4
'
,
-ROW 5
---
-ROW 6
ROW 7
~
+5V
Lu
-v
4,17
_
9
7
6
2
1
9
13 + ~
11
10
8
5
3
114
-
2
5
12
11
10
6
5
4
3
+~
E6
74LS164
-¥-
--
6
1
L
13
+5V
9
7
6
1
2
13
11
E3
75492
3
14
12
11
12-F
5,18
Li
7
9
6
8
5
3
6
5
4
3
14
12
-r
1
13
El
75492
4
10
2
10
8
5
3
14
12
10
6
5
4
3
"~'
-DATA
-CLOCK
.,F¥
24x33i!
0.5W
+5V
E5
75492
2
-
7
E7
75492
13
3,16
---- ----- ---
ROW 2
ROW 3
8,21 7,20
6,19
7x24 LED DISPLAY
r
10
13
lJ
12 11
.l-
E4
74LS164
9
+5V____r;
-¥
r
2 QATA
13
2
li.J
E2
74LS164
9
+5V_r:;
-¥
r
- -- 4,17
CLOCK-
-
- 3,16
+5V---o--<)2,15
2,150-0---+5V
+5V
1,1 4 +
+ 1 ,14
+
BCHC61
6x.01
COLUMN
COLUMN
Fig.3: the circuit of a 7 x 24 LED panel. Four of these multiplexed panels are employed in the Message Board. The
74LS164s are 8-bit shift registers which take the incoming serial data line and convert it to parallel data, to drive
the columns of the display. Note that the data is shown coming in on the righthand side of the circuit and passing
across to the left. The 75492s are hex inverting buffers. To turn on a particular LED, the row driver line goes high
while the column line goes low.
complete microprocessor controller
which is the basis of the designer's
(Don McKenzie) printer buffer. It
employs a Z80A microprocessor, a
2764 EPROM, a 6264 BK x 8 static
RAM and an 8255 I/O (input/output)
driver, also known as a " programmable peripheral interface" (PPI).
The PPI takes care of communications with an external computer via the Centronics 8-bit
parallel port or with the keyboard
(if connected). The PPI also
distributes the data to the LED
display panel.
The second printed board inside
the case functions as the moving
message board controller and is actually a parallel and serial interface board. It decodes 4 lines of
parallel data from the 8255 PPI
(programmable peripheral inter-
face) to produce 7 row drivers (for
the 7 rows in the LED display). It
also converts 8-bit data from the
PPI into serial data which is later
used to drive the 96 columns of the
LED display panel. In addition, this
board carries the 36-pin connector
for the Centronics parallel port.
This latter board drives a 25-way
cable (from the DB25 connector on
the rear panel) to the LED display
panel. The ea ble carries the 7 row
driver lines, doubled up to occupy
14 of the cable lines. It also carries
the serial data line for column
signals. This serial data is also
doubled up and is carried on lines 4
and 17 from the DB25 connector.
As well, there is a clock signal (lines
3 and 16), + 5V supply (lines 2 and
15) and GND return (OV, on lines 1,
5, 14 and 18).
LED display panel
The LED display panel is made up
of four panels, each having 7 rows
and 24 columns of LEDs (168 in all).
It is actually possible to build up the
display with 1, 2, 3 or 4 of these 24
column panels but our description
will concentrate on the 4-panel
version.
Each panel incorporates 8-bit
shift registers to convert the serial
data line mentioned earlier to column drive signals. Naturally, the
display is fully multiplexed. We'll
describe how it works in more
detail later in this article.
Hardware operation
Since the software which drives
this moving message display is proprietary and subject to copyright, it
is not possible to give an exact
MARCH 1989
39
A rear view of the Message Board controller, showing the three sockets: 5-pin
DIN for the IBM PC keyboard, 36-pin for Centronics cable and 25-pin for the
display drive lines.
description of how the microprocessor circuitry [the hardware)
functions to produce the moving
characters. The description which
follows can only be generalised.
With that proviso, let us describe
how the circuit works.
The microprocessor controller,
containing the Z80 processor, 2764
EPROM and 8325 PPI, is depicted in
Fig.1. The interface board, containing the 7 row drivers and Centronics parallel port, is shown in
Fig.2. And the 7 x 24 LED display
panel (4 required) is shown in Fig.3 .
When power is first applied, the
Z80 microprocessor gets its
operating instructions from the
2764 EPROM. It gathers, processes
and stores data from the 6264
static RAM and picks up and sends
data to the 8255 PPL
The PPI handles 8 lines of
parallel data and distributes (outputs) or picks up (inputs) data to
and from 24 data lines which are
arranged as three 8-bit parallel
ports - port A, port B and port C.
In this design, all 8 lines from ports
A and B are used but not all lines
from port C. You can tell which
lines are from which ports from the
labelling on the circuit. For example, data line DO on the J2 header
socket (righthand side of Fig .1) is
the O line from port A [PAO).
40
SILICON CHIP
Whether or not the line from PC7
on the PPI is connected to OV determines whether data is accepted
from an external computer via the
Centronics port or from the
keyboard on line PA7. This line goes
to pin 2 of the 5-pin DIN socket for
the keyboard.
21 lines from the PPI go via the J2
header socket on the controller
board (righthand side of Fig.1) to
the Jl header socket on the interface board [lefthand side of Fig.2).
13 of those lines go to J3, the 36-pin
Centronics connector.
The 8 data lines from port B [PBO
to PB7) are used to drive the LED
display panel. The 8 data lines feed
a 74LS373 octal latch. At the appropriate timing, 8 bits are latched
[ie, stored) in the 74LS373 by a
positive-to-negative transition of
the enable line, pin 11.
Only four of the output lines of
the 74LS373 are used and, of these,
only three are used as data lines
[pins 2, 5 and 6). These drive a 7445
which is a BCD decoder. It produces the 7 row driver lines: Each
of these row driver lines is buffered
by a BD646 PNP switching transistor which handles the heavy currents to the LEDs. The fourth line to
the 7445, acts as the enable line for
this chip.
The three data lines from the
74LS373 also feed a 74LS151 which
is an 8-to-1 multiplexer. Effectively,
what it does is convert the 8 data
lines to a single 8-bit serial data
line, from pin 5. This line is buffered by a 74LS04 before being fed
to pins 4 and 17 on the DB25 plug.
Now refer to Fig.3. At the top of
the diagram can be seen the seven
row driver lines to the LEDs. Each
of the 96 columns (only 24 shown on
this diagram) is driven by one output of a 75492. This is simply a high
current inverting buffer device so
the real players on this circuit are
the 74LS164 8-bit shift registers.
Three are shown on this circuit but
12 are employed in total, to give the
96 column lines.
Now consider the action as the
display works. Each row is turned
on in sequence and when each row
is turned on, the appropriate columns are turned on so that the
LEDs connected to the energised
rows and columns are alight.
For example, if we want the
character " I" to be lit in the leftmost position, the column line 6
from E7 must be low when each row
line goes high. Row lines are 'active
high' while column lines are 'active
low'.
So what must happen is that each
time a row driver goes high, the
data in the 8-bit shift registers must
be changed. In effect, all 12 8-bit
shift registers are in series, making
a 96-bit register. So before each
row driver goes high, all 96 bits of
data in the shift registers must be
changed.
The sequence goes something like
this. First, 96 bits of data are latched into the registers and row 1 goes
high. Row 1 then goes low, 96 new
bits of data are shuffled through
the registers and latched, and then
row 2 goes high to turn on its LEDs.
Then row 2 goes off (low), another
96 bits of data are shuffled in and
latched, and then row 3 goes high
and so on.
It becomes a bit mind boggling
when you think about moving
characters, but data is all the same
to the circuitry, whether the
displayed characters are moving or
static.
Next month we will continue the
description of the moving message
display.
~
Don't miss a
single issue
'
i Electronic
! house number
I! Convert a CB radio
IF YOU'RE THE KIND OF READER that can't
wait to get the next copy of SILICON CHIP, then
why not have the magazine delivered direct to
your door? Each month, we'll bring you the best
and brightest electronics magazine in the
business, put together by Australia's most experienced team.
*
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J
I
I
I
I
l for amateur use
l
•
• 5-element
FM antenna
Hili review:
Yamaha's brilliant
new CD player
Constructional Projects
for the Enthusiast
*
Amateur Radio by
Garry Cratt
*
*
*
The Serviceman's Log
Plus - the Original & Best TV Servieerna», Viniag 9
Radio, The Way I See It, the Evolution of Electric
RailWilYS
fOd11bsc,-·1,
• e
ay
by fill;
.,,,.,;,- 119 o
Slfb •119 t6. llt illld
The Way I See It
Ser·1
•s
Pti011
Hifi Features & Reviews
co.,,,
011
FREEPOST * SUBSCRIPTION COUPON
D New subscription
D Renewal
Start in _ _ _ _ _ __
Name _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
(PLEASE PRINT)
Stree..__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Suburb/town, _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Postcode_ __
1 year (12 issues)
D $A42
2 years (24 issues)
D $A84
NZ & PNG (airmail)
D $A65
D $A 130
Overseas surface mail
Overseas airmail
D $A62
D $A120
D $A 130
D $A240
Australia
Subscription
Hotline
We can accept your subscription order by telephone. Just
ring us on (02) 982 3935 and
quote your Bankcard or Visa
Card number and the expiry
date .
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $ _ _ _ or please debit my
Detach and mail to:
FREEPOST 25
SILICON CHIP PUBLICATIONS
PO BOX 139
COLLAROY BEACH
D Bankcard
NSW 2097
Card No. I
D Visa Card
I I I I I
i
D MasterCard
I I I I I I I I I
I
Signature _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Card expiry date_/_/__
•No post~ge stamp.
reqmred m Austraha .
W
dftJ
I
~-------------------------- - ----------~41
MARCH 1989
Abridged data for the
NE572 programmable
analog compandor
Elsewhere in this issue we have published the
complete circuit of a CD Compressor, based on the
Signetics NE572 IC. This dual channel gain control
circuit can be used as a compressor or expandor
and in noise reduction systems.
~ - - -- ----------<-(5,11)
(8.10)
In use, the two channels may be
used independently for dynamic
range compression or expansion.
As shown in the block diagram of
Fig.1, each channel has a full wave
rectifier to detect the average value
of the input signal, a variable gain
cell and a signal buffer.
The buffer stage permits independent control of dynamic attack and recovery time with a
minimum of external components.
This leads to improved distortion
compared with previous compandors.
(1.15)
r---+---+-+-
Main features
(18)
(8)
(4,12)
(:Z,14)
Fig.1: each channel of the NE572 has a full wave rectifier to detect
the average value of the input signal, a variable gain cell and a
signal buffer.
v+
+
,,
140µA
The gain cell
IQ
02
.,
6 .8K
IG
I
Vin
Fig. 2: the gain cell circuitry. Qt, Q2, Q3 & Q4 form two differential
pairs with bases connected to the inputs and output of op amp Al.
42
The main features of the NE572
compandor chip are as follows:
• Independent control of attack
and recovery time.
• Improved low frequency gain
control ripple.
• Complementary gain compression and expansion with external
op amp; suitable for noise reduction
systems.
• Wide dynamic range () 1 lOdB).
• Temperature-compensated gain
control.
• Low distortion gain cell.
• Low noise - 6µ V typical.
• Wide supply voltage range
6-22V.
• System level adjustable with external components.
SILICON CHIP
Fig.2 shows the circuit of the gain
cell. Ql, QZ, Q3 and Q4 are two differential pairs with the bases connected to the inputs and output of
op amp Al. The negative feedback
through Ql holds the VEE of Q3 and
Q4 equal.
There is an offset voltage at the
output due to mismatching of the
transistors and this leads to even
harmonic distortion. The offset
voltage can be trimmed out by
R,4
R3
17.3t<
(5 , 11~
~G
CIN1
YIN
o----j ,_____..
2.2µF
VREF
(4.12)
CIN3
2.2µF
JJ
R2
3.3K
CA
....i--
(3.13)
CR
1µF 10µF
(18)
(8)
-=-
+vcc
Fig.3: the basic expandor circuit. The NE572 acts as a variable resistance in
the input signal path to op amp A2. At acts as an input buffer.
feeding a current source within
± 25µ,A into the THD (total harmonic distortion) trim pin.
Effectively, the gain cell works by
varying the current through the second differential pair, Q3 and Q4.
The gain current is controlled by
VREF·
The output current 10 must feed
the virtual ground input of an
operational amplifier in noninverting mode. The non-inverting
input of the op amp has to be biased
at VREF if the output current 10 is to
be DC coupled.
The buffer amplifier
In audio systems it is desirable to
have fast attack time and slow
9,11(
recovery time for a tone burst input. The fast attack time reduces
transient channel overload but also
causes low frequency ripple distortion. The low frequency ripple
distortion is cured by a slow
recovery period.
The buffer amplifier makes it
easy to have independent attack
and recovery times.
Basic expandor
The basic expandor circuit
shown in Fig.3 can be viewed as an
inverting amplifier circuit based
around op amp A2. The NE572 acts
as a variable input resistance that
changes according to the average
input signal level detected by the
½coc
Basic compressor
10µF
C2 , 1µF
c .. ,
... e>------j 1--,vv,,......+--2,2,uF
,:;K
2 .2,uF
C..3
2.2µF
l1 *
CR
10µF
3 ,31(
R2
CA
1µF
t---+------vv\r(3,13)
vcc
(1e1
rectifier. The rectifier alters the
output current of the gain cell
which in turn controls the overall
gain of the amplifier. The amplifier
stage is preceded by op amp A1
which acts as an input buffer.
The resulting output signal range
is greater than that present at the
input. The expansion is centred
about input levels of lO0mV so
there is no change to a signal of this
magnitude. Signals above lO0mV
can be boosted by up to 14dB and
those below this level can be attenuated down by as much as 40dB.
In Fig.3 resistors Rl and R2 are
tied to internal summing nodes. Rl
is an internal 6.8kfl resistor. The
maximum input current into the
gain cell can be as large as 140µ,A.
This corresponds to a voltage level
of 952mV peak (6.8kn x 140µ,A).
The input peak current into the rectifier is limited to 300µ,A.
Note that the addition of external
resistances in series with Rl will
accommodate a higher input level.
R2 and R3 are external resistors
and the ratio of R3/R2 is set to obtain desirable system voltage and
current levels. A small R2 results in
higher gain control current and
smaller static and dynamic tracking error.
In high performance applications, A2 has to be low noise, high
speed and wide band so that the
high performance output of the gain
cell will not be degraded. The
capacitor CA connected to the
NE572 sets the attack time and CR
sets the recovery time constant.
Fig.4: the compressor
circuit. This uses an
NE572 in the feedback
loop of inverting op
amp stage At. The
resistance of the gain
cell varies according to
the signal level on the
output of At.
The arrangement of the NE572 in
a compressor circuit is shown in
Fig.4. The NE572 is placed in the
feedback loop of op amp Al. This
circuit has the opposite effect of an
expandor on input signals. The
operation is essentially the same as
that of our CD Compressor.
Compandor systems involve the
combined use of both a compressor
and an expandor to process a
signal. These systems are usually
applied to tape/disc noise reduction, digital audio, and bucket
brigade delay lines. More elaborate
compandor systems have features
such as band limiting, band splitting, pre-emphasis, de-emphasis
and equalisation incorporated. ~
MARCH 1989
43
Studio series 32-band
1/3-octave equaliser
If you 're running a disco, doing your own
recordings, or involved in a rock group or PA
work, you will be interested in this new design for
a 1/3-octave equaliser. It has 32 separate frequency
bands and excellent audio performance.
By LEO SIMPSON & JOHN CLARKE
Most people are probably
familiar with the stereo graphic
equalisers used in home hifi
systems. Generally these have 10
frequency bands or less but this
results in too coarse a control over
the audio bands for more serious
applications, particularly for PA
work.
If there are nasty peaks or
troughs in a a system's overall
response, due to room acoustics or
whatever, you really need a
1/3-octave equaliser to cure the
problem. It can provide a boost or
cut to a very narrow band of frequencies and thereby provide fine
44
SILICON CHIP
acoustic tuning which is just not
possible with a 10-band equaliser.
Since the equaliser to be described here is intended for semiprofessional use, it is a mono instrument only. For use in stereo
systems, two equalisers will be
required.
Note that while the Studio series
1/3-octave equaliser is specifically
intended for semi-professional use
there is no reason why it cannot be
used in domestic stereo systems. If
you want 1/3-octave control, it is
the only way to go. In most stereo
systems the easiest way to connect
two of these equalisers [one for
each channel) would be via the
Tape Monitor loop or between the
preamplifer and power amplifier.
32 bands are used to cover the
audible frequency range. The centre frequencies of the bands are as
follows: 16Hz, 20Hz, 25Hz, 32Hz,
40Hz, 50Hz, 63Hz, 80Hz, l00Hz,
125Hz, 160Hz, 200Hz, 250Hz,
320Hz, 400Hz, 500Hz, 630Hz,
800Hz, lkHz, 1.25kHz, 1.6kHz,
2kHz, 2.5kHz, 3.2kHz, 4kHz, 5kHz,
6.3kHz, 8kHz, lOkHz, 12.5kHz,
16kHz and 20kHz.
For a strict relationship of 1/3 of
an octave between each band, the
centre frequencies should increase
in the relationship 1:1.26 [actually
1:1.259921 to be precise). However,
the centre frequencies we have
chosen are suitably precise and
easily recognised. They are also the
same as used in commercial
equalisers.
The equaliser is housed in a standard 2-unit high rack mounting
case [ie, the front panel is 435mm
wide by 88mm high). In all, there
are 33 sliders on the front panel, 32
for the individual 1/3 octave bands
and one as a master level control.
Apart from the sliders, there are
only two switches. One is a bypass
control which passes the signal
through completely unmodified
while the other is the push-on pushoff mains switch.
The back panel is completely
bare except for two RCA sockets,
one for the input signal and one for
the output.
Inside, virtually all the wiring is
taken care of by three printed circuit boards. There is one long board
to accommodate the 33 slider controls and another large board to accommodate the active equaliser circuitry. Finally, a smaller board
takes care of the power supply
circuitry.
The slider board and the main
board are linked together by five
short multiway cables with plugs
and sockets at each end for easy
removal.
To ensure that no problems are
likely to occur with earth loops, the
entire circuit of the equaliser is
completely isolated from chassis
although the chassis itself is connected to mains earth.
tion performance and with plenty of
signal overload margin, even if full
boost is applied. Full details of the
performance are noted in the specifications panel.
In one very important respect
though, the performance of the
equaliser is not apparent from the
spec panel and this involves the
slider pots. In the past, graphic
equalisers have been designed with
linear pots and this has led to a problem whereby the boost and cut for
each slider is concentrated at the
extremes of travel.
In other words, to obtain an audi-
ble effect from .a particular slider,
you had to push it a fair way from
the centre detent setting (which
gave a flat response) before an
audible effect was heard.
This characteristic is inevitable
with linear pots. To solve it, the
potentiometer manufacturers in
Asia have come up with a new
design of resistance element for
sliders intended for graphic
equaliser use. Called the 4BM
taper, it is effectively a centre tapped element with a log/antilog
resistance taper; log in one direction, antilog ~n the other.
The new element concentrates
more of the boost and cut action in
the slider travel immediately either
side of the centre detent setting and
thereby gives a better control
action.
As far as we know, this is the
first design using these pots to be
published in a magazine. They are
already being used in the best commercial 1/3-octave equalisers. They
really do give a much better apparent response from the equaliser
controls.
In fact , we regard these pots as
being one of the key features of this
new design. (We are indebted to
Jaycar Electronics for their efforts
in sourcing these pots from Asia).
Circuit principles
The circuit principle used in virtually all of today's graphic
equaliser designs is the same. Each
Specifications
Frequency Response
Equaliser out
Equalis8r in
Boost and cut
Flat
5Hz-20kHz ± 1dB ; - 3dB at 45kHz
±12dB
Signal Handling
Gain
Maximum input and output
Unity (see text)
1 O volts RMS (all controls flat)
Harmonic Distortion
<.05%
for frequency range 1 OHz to 2GkHz
Signal to Noise Ratio
With respect to 1 V RMS
95dB unweighted (20Hz-20kHz)
97dB A-weighted
Special slider pots
Input Impedance
33k0
The entire circuit has been
designed for low noise, low distor-
Output impedance
1 kO
MARCH 1989
45
R2
1k
l
Vout
Fig.1: this circuit demonstrates the basic principle
of a graphic equaliser with only one slider control.
The tuned LC circuit shunts signal to ground to give
either boost or cut. In practical circuits, inductor L
is a gyrator.
frequency band requires its own
resonant circuit, as shown in Fig.1.
This resonant circuit is connected
into the negative feedback circuit of
an operational amplifier connected
in the inverting mode.
Fig.1 shows the op amp with just
one resonant circuit. A real circuit
has a resonant circuit for each frequency band but we show just one
to keep things simple.
Now consider how it works. With
the 50k0 slider control in the centre
setting, the op amp provides unity
gain and the tuned LC circuit has
virtually no effect on the frequency
response.
When the slider pot is set to the
le:::::::--..,_
~
_,,,,.----
loul~"---
Fig.3: this diagram shows the voltage
and current relationships around the
gyrator circuit of Fig.2.
46
SILICON CHIP
Fig.2: the circuit configuration of a
gyrator. The op amp effectively
transforms capacitor C into an
inductor which is proportional to Rt,
R2 and C.
boost end, the negative feedback
tends to be shunted to ground by
the tuned circuit. Since it is a series
tuned circuit it will have a low impedance at its resonant frequency.
Hence, the feedback will be reduced at the resonant frequency (and
for the narrow band of frequencies
on either side of resonance) and so
an increase in the gain will result.
Thus, the signal will be boosted
over a narrow frequency range.
When the slider is set to the cut
end, the negative feedback is at a
maximum and the tuned LC circuit
actually tends to shunt the input
signal to ground. This results in a
reduction in gain at the resonant
frequency.
Naturally, the amount of boost
and cut is proportional to the slider
setting and reduced settings give
reduced amounts of boost and cut.
Gyrators instead
of inductors
Tuned LC circuits mean inductors should be used throughout the
circuit; 32 in fact, one for each frequency band. But if you look at the
complete circuit or at a photo of the
inside of the chassis, you will see no
evidence of inductors.
Indeed there are none and nor
will you find any in current commercial equalisers (as far as we
know). Instead, we use an op amp
circuit which simulates the performance of an inductor. This is known
as a gyrator.
Inductors are not used these days
because they are bulky and expensive components to make (compared
with resistors and capacitors) and
they are also prone to hum pickup
and mutual interaction. In short,
they are bad news compared to
gyrators.
Fig.2 shows the circuit of a
gyrator using an op amp. It effectively transforms a capacitor into
an inductor. It does this by altering
the phase of the current through
the capacitor for a given applied
signal voltage. In an inductor, the
current lags the voltage (ie, the current is delayed in phase by go 0 )
while in a capacitor, the voltage
lags the current [by go 0 ).
Consider an AC signal source,
Vin, connected to the input of Fig.2.
This causes a current to flow
through the capacitor and through
the associated resistor Rl. The
voltage impressed across Rl, as a
result of the capacitor current le, is
fed to the non-inverting input of the
op amp which is connected as a
voltage follower [with inverting input connected directly to the
output).
Because it is a voltage follower,
the op amp reproduces its input
voltage exactly at its output. Vout
then causes a current to flow
through resistor R2. This current,
lout, then adds vectorially with the
input current le and the resultant
current which flows from the
source lags the input voltage.
As far as the signal source is concerned then, the gyrator looks like
an inductor, not like an op amp with
PARTS LIST
1 rack mounting case, 483 x
88 x 200mm (from Jaycar)
1 30V 1 50mA centre-tapped
transformer (Altronics Cat.
M-2855)
1 DPDT 250VAC toggle switch
33 50k0 45mm slider pots
with 4BM taper, Jaycar Cat.
RP-3914
1 2-pole push on/push off
switch with mounting bracket
1 cord-grip grommet
1 0 18mm PC board spacers
1 0 3mm x 25mm screws
22 3mm nuts
10 3mm x 12mm screws
2 3mm x 6mm screws (to
mount transformer)
2 insulated panel mount RCA
sockets
4 stick on rubber feet
1 solder lug
9 8-way pin headers (Jaycar
Cat. HM-321 0)
9 8-way connector socket
(Jaycar Cat. HM-3220)
1 5 1 mm PC pins
Cable
1 3-core mains cord and
moulded 3-pin plug
1 800mm length of 8-way
rainbow cable
1 metre shielded audio cable
1 metre of 250VAC rated
insulated hookup wire
two resistors and -a capacitor connected to it. The inductance is given
by the formula:
L = Rl x R2 x C
where L is in Henries, R is in ohms
and C is in Farads.
With the use of quad op amp ICs
(four op amps in a package),
gyrator circuitry can be made much
more compact than equivalent tuned LC filters. Which is a good thing
otherwise this 1/3-octave band
equaliser would use much larger
circuit boards.
To make the tuned LC circuit
shown in Fig.1, all we need do is to
connect a capacitor in series with
the input to Fig.2.
Now refer to the main circuit
diagram.
We quite understand if you have
just opened the two pages of the full
circuit diagram, shuddered and
Printed Circuit Boards
1 main equaliser PCB, code
SC01103891
1 power supply PCB, code
SC01103892
1 equalizer control PCB, code
SC01103893
Semiconductors
8 LF347N quad op amps
1 LM833 low noise op amp
1 7 81 5 3-terminal regulator
1 7915 3-terminal regulator
4 1 N4004 rectifier diodes
1 5mm red LED
Capacitors
2 2200µF 25VW PC
electrolytic
4 220µF 25VW PC electrolytic
2 1 00µF 25VW PC electrolytic
5 1 0µF 16VW PC electrolytic
2 1µF metallised polyester
(greencap)
1 0 .68µF metallised polyester
1 0.56µF metallised polyester
3 0. 4 7 µF metallised polyester
1 0.39µF metallised polyester
2 0.33µF metallised polyester
2 0. 2 7 µF metallised polyester
2 0.22µF metallised polyester
1 0.18µF metallised polyester
3 0.15µF metallised polyester
1 0.12µF metallised polyester
14 0.1 µF metallised polyester
1 . 082µF metallised polyester
then closed -it again. However, it
really isn't all that complicated. It
basically is just one gyrator circuit
repeated 32 times, albeit with different values for Rl, R2 and C.
The key op anip in the circuit is
IClb and it performs the same function as the one in Fig.1. 32 50k0
slider pots are connected in
parallel in the feedback network of
IClb and each has an associated
gyrator and additional series
capacitor.
For example, the gyrator for the
20Hz 1/3-octave band is IC2d and
this is connected to the wiper of the
slider via a lµF capacitor. Similarly, for the 2kHz band, the gyrator is
IC7a and it is connected to the
wiper of its slider via a .OlµF
capacitor.
Apart from the 32 gyrators and
their common unity gain feedback
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
1
3
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
3
2
2
1
3
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
.068µF metallised polyester
.056µF metallised polyester
.04 7 µF metallised polyester
.039µF metallised polyester
.033µF metallised polyester
.027 µF metallised polyester
.022µF metallised polyester
.018µF metallised polyester
.015µF metallised polyester
.012µF metallised polyester
.01 µF metallised polyester
.0082µF metallised polyester
.0068µF metallised polyester
.0056µF metallised polyester
.004 7 µF metallised polyester
.0039µF metallised polyester
.0033µF metallised polyester
.0027 µF metallised polyester
.0022µF metallised polyester
.0018µF metallised polyester
.0015µF metallised polyester
.0012µF metallised polyester
.001 µF metallised polyester
680pF polystyrene
560pF polystyrene
4 70pF polystyrene
330pF polystyrene
270pF polystyrene
33pF disc ceramic
Resistors (0.25W, 1 %)
1 x 1 Mn, 32 x 22okn, 1 X
1 00k0, 2 x 1 0k0, 1 x 3.3k0
0.5W (5%). 1 x 1.2k!1 (see text),
4 x 1 .1 kn, 1 7 x 1 kn, 13 x 91 on .
amplifier, IClb, there is only one
other op amp, ICla, which functions as an input buffer stage. It can
be configured for a gain of unity or
2.2, as we shall see later.
ICl is an LM833 low noise dual
op amp made by National Semiconductor. Its excellent characteristics
(previously featured in the Studio
200 Stereo Control Unit published
in the June and July 1988 issues of
SILICON CHIP) are largely responsible for the high performance of the
circuit. It not only has very low
noise and distortion, but can also
drive 6000 lines which is an advantage in this circuit.
Fig.4 (next page): the circuit has 32 ►
gyrator circuits connected in parallel
into the negative feedback loop of
IClb. ICla functions as an input
buffer stage.
MARCH 1989
47
+15V
INPUT~
BYPASS
10
16VW
S1
,--0
1.,.~1~-r;r-
~OUTPUT
>,:+-~+Ul1..-M
....
1
.0033!
10k
33pF
50k
50k
50k
50k
50k
1.1k
+15V
1k
910!l
1k
0.22
0.27
0.391-
0.47
0.68
910!l
+15V
0.18
0.12
220k
.,.
20Hz
16Hz
32Hz
25Hz
40Hz
JC2·1C9 : LF347 ONLY
50k
50k
50k
.082
0.1
910!l
1k
+15V
.027
...
.047
.068
1.1k
320Hz
50k
1.1k
50k
.0047
910!l
.0022
500Hz
50k
.0068
1k
+15V
400Hz
50k
.0082
.01
+15V
.015
250Hz
50k
1k
1k
.018
200Hz
50k
50k
.0039
.0015
.0018
1k
1k
.0012
.00331-.001
220k
.,..
2kHz
2.SkHz
3.2kHz
4kHz
STUDIO SERIES THIRD OCTAVE EQUALISER
5kHz
POWER
01-04
4x1N4002
.,oa:U.;.T...._ _ _ _.,__ _ _-+---t----+---t----+-----+15V
+
E
tm7
2200
25VW
CASE
10
16VW
_
"o"'u=r....____________.....,....._ _...._ _.....,....._ _..........__ 15v
-~"' . ill"'
GND
IN
0.27
910!:l
1k
f+·
0.22
fi""'
0.15
910\l
1k
.056
.068
f+·
0.15
i3""'
910(]
1k
.033
.047
220k
160Hz
63Hz
50Hz
.033
r+·
.027
fi""'
.022
1k
910!:l
125Hz
100Hz
80Hz
ft··
.015
910!:l
fi""'
.015
f+·
910!:l
1k
.0068
1.6kHz
800Hz
p. .
630Hz
50k
,.,;
p. .
'""
1k
910!:l
680pF
1kHz
+15V
910\l
560pF
·'"'"
FI·.
1k
470pF
1.25kHz
·'"'"
Ff""'
.001
910\l
330pF
ff""'
1.1k
270pF
+15V
20kHz
6.3kHz
8kHz
10kHz
12.5kHz
16kHz
The new equaliser is easy to build with virtually all the circuitry accommodated on three printed circuit boards. Plug in
wiring connectors take care of most of the wiring between the two main boards.
The gyrators are all based on
LF347 quad FET-input op amps,
made by National Semiconductor. It
is important that these are used
and not the ostensibly equivalent
TL074s made by Texas Instruments. The reason for this is
that op amp gyrato-r circuits have a
tendency to misbehave when the
power is turned off.
As the supply rails to the
gyrators drop to very low values,
they can burst into high frequency
oscillation which then dies away as
the supply rails drop further. The
effect of this misbehaviour is that
the equaliser emits a loud chirp,
about a second or so after the
power is turned off.
Since this sort of behaviour is
undesirable, it is essential that
LF347s be used instead of TL074s.
While these op amps are functionally equivalent they are quite
different in their internal circuitry
and so behave differently as their
supply rails are reduced to very low
values.
Power supply
Power for the circuit is provided
50
SILICON CHIP
The power supply PCB is mounted on the rear panel and delivers regulated
± 15V rails to power the equaliser circuitry.
by a 30V centre-tapped mains
transformer feeding a bridge rectifier and two 2200µF capacitors.
This produces unregulated supplies
of about ± 21 volts which are then
fed to 3-terminal regulators to produce balanced supply rails of ± 15
volts. The outputs of the regulators
are bypassed on the power supply
board with lOµF capacitors and on
the main circuit board with 220µF,
100µF and O. lµF capacitors.
A light emitting diode in series
with a 3.3k0 0.5W resistor across
the ± 15V supply rails functions as
the power indicator on the front
panel.
That's all we have space for this
month. Next month we'll present
the full details of construction. ~
BOOKSHELF
Computer software
for amateur radio
Some of the topics covered by the
programs include the following:
Morse code (send and receive),
radioteletype (RTTY) and data,
antennas and propagation, distances and bearings, satellite orbits,
Sun and Moon positions, circuit
design (mainly filters) and network
analysis.
For the amateur starved of computer software, this book will be a
bargain. As a bonus, it is in hard
cover form at the very reasonable
price of $25.
Our copy came from the NSW
Division of the Wireless Institute of
Australia, PO Box 1066, Parramatta, NSW 2150. Phone (02) 689 2417.
Compendium
of circuits
Amateur Radio Software, compiled
by John Morris GM4ANB. Published 1985 by the Radio Society of
Great Britain. Hard covers, 170 x
252, 328 pages. ISBN 0 9006 12 71
1.
These days a large number of
amateur radio operators are
already using computers in their
hobby and quite a few more have a
computer even though they may not
yet be using it for amateur radio.
For both these groups and for those
who have yet to embrace a personal
computer, this book will provide
considerable inspiration. It has a
large number of program listings,
mostly in Basic although a few are
in assembler language.
They will be particularly useful
to amateurs. First, the programs
can be used in their entirety for
their original purpose and second,
we have no doubt that readers will
lift many useful subroutines out of
these programs and apply them to
other purposes.
We have not had the opportunity
to try any of the programs although,
with the text coming from the
RSGB, we have no doubt that they
will work.
Master Handbook of 1001 Practical
Electronic Circuits. Solid State Edition. Edited by Kendall Webster
Sessions. Published 1988 by TAB
Books Inc, Blue Ridge Summit, PA,
USA. Soft Covers, 131 x 211 mm,
391 pages. ISBN 0 8306 2980 7.
Price $29.95.
This book is exactly what it says
it is - a collection of 1001 circuits
grouped in 18 categories. As it is intended primarily as a source book
MASTER
HANDBOOK
OF
c'"···
/'
.: < .: ·, ;
:
i
•
PRACTICAL
ELECTRONIC
CIRCUITS
of circuits for experimenters and
designers, details on each circuit
have been kept to a minimum. The
captions accompanying most diagrams will tell you the key function
of the circuit, perhaps one or two
details and that it is it.
Many of the components used
have American part numbers so to
make best use of the book you will
need a comprehensive cross
reference available for transistors
and maybe even !Cs. An appendix
for IC substitution has been included but these once again refer to unfamiliar part numbers. You could
easily work out what is required
because internal diagrams are
given for most of the !Cs.
The circuits in this book have
been designed to work as stand
alone building blocks or more
usefully they can be used with other
compatible circuits. This approach
allows you to build, test and modify
each stage of your circuit before
you interconnect them together.
Most of the circuits in this book will
find valid applications though some
are pretty trivial.
There were a couple of aspects
we didn't like. Some of the circuits
are drawn in the American practice with the negative supply rail at
the top. This can make the circuit
very hard to follow as it is effectively turned upside down. And we
noticed a couple of errors which
would stop circuits working. For example, on page 39, in a rudimentary
complementary symmetry amplifier, the output transistors are
swapped over - NPN where PNP
should be and vice versa .
So for the slightly more advanced
enthusiast who has some circuit experience, and is familiar with prototyping on Veroboard or breadboarding, this book has the potential of becoming a useful circuit
source.
The Master Handbook is available from your nearest Dick Smith
Electronics store at $29.95.
M ARCH 1989
51
SOLDERING SPECIALS IN '89
Superb West German made
19mm Dame Tweeter with
polymer diaphragm. Very
smooth clean response to
20KHz. High power
handling and excellent
damping. U sc wwi th spcak<:r
systems to 7 0 atts.
$29 50ea
C30lO
: De-Solder Iron
SPECIAL
$49.95
II
,.
Ideal for the service technician and hobbyist alike. Allows components to be
I quickly and cleanly removed with
. one hand. Comes with a cleaning wand.
•
240V AC 50Hz 30WISEC Approval W/22281Easy single handed actianlSimple cleaning action.
~h?se~~!·:~.~~
19 9
lnour s Cat.
1
I NEW FOR '89 T 1250 Normally $59.95
I Temperature AdJ"ustable 250°C to 450°C
YOU CAN
_ _ _ SAV~$14.50e~
antastic New
Pure, compressed inert gas for
cleaning very delicate or
inaccessible areas of delicate
equipment. Toe direct jet of air
ensures dust ·is ttansfcred away
from the equipment 400g.
TOP
VALUE
AT$14.50
T3095
Excellent new iron, ,crewdrivcr temperature adjustable between 250oC and 450oC enabling very
delicate soldering on low settings with surprising heat energy reserve on maximum setting.
Relati..: temperature is indicated by LED lamp brighlllcss.
Much lower cost than a soldering station.
T2445 Great Value at $37.95
Fantastic Value at only $29.95
Cuts any shape cut out in
steel, aluminium
or plastic. Very easy
to use. Capacity
stoel bmn
aluminium 1.6mm
Audio Purists This is For You!
VIFA2 Way
100 Watt
Weatherproof
Speaker
T 2355
Normally
$19.95
ONLY $14.95
SAVE $5 .00
Extra Heavy
Duty PC 8
Re Ia y s
/ ,.i--------------,I
Sec through acrylic parts drawer. Slide-in !dent
card fronted drawers. !dent. cards supplied.
Sturdy steel construction. Value Plus!
H0240 WAS$29.95 NOW
$20 SA VE $9.95
Look for product review feature in Electronics Australia Magazine April/May '89
Utility Parts Case
,k" \
r-- j .
The heart of the system is the now famous 5" VIFA Woofer/Midrange, computer optimised for u,c in
a 5 litrc Bass n:flex cabinet.
The classic VIFA 19mm fcno fluid Dame Tweeter is incorporated with the crossover network. as
employed with the SA-50 bookshelf system.
Has unique overdrive protection enabling amplifier input of up to 100 Watt, without damage.
Overall performance and appearance is superior to any competitive weatherproof speaker on the
Australian market.
Each spcak<:r is supplied complete with mounting brackets.
s 4085 were $5.95ea
$399 00 pr
C 0970 Black, C 0972 White, ONLY
10 up $5.SOea
NOW ONLY $5.00ea
OR $199.50ea
Low profile 25mmH 12V DC coil.
HUGE SA contact rating
at240V AC.DFDT.
ONLY
■
•
•
;::L
Featuring a clear plastic lid so you can tell
contents at• glance. Simple slide lock. 48
partition combinations. Very sturdy ABS plastic.
H0249WAS
$23.95 NOW
ONLY $20.00 SPECIAL
10 up $4.00ea
;;:===.:
Stere
Phone
With
Dynamic
Mic
Simply brilliant Mylar Stcn:o bcad,cts
&dynamic mic combination.
Headphone: 20Hz - 20,000Hz, 320hm, 3.5mm
stereo jack, 6.35mm 1111:reo jack, adapt<r.
Microphone: Dynamic type, 3000hm, lOOHz15,000Hz, 3.5mm mono jack.
$29.95 VALUE!
Use of ALC (Automatic Level CompressorJ u-..a
all overmodulation distortion problems.
Spectncallons:
• Cardioid-Uni Dlrecllonal Pick-Up patl,rn
• Frequency Response: S0llz-1SKHz
• Carrier Frequency: 88-108Mllz adjustable.
• Capsule: Eleclret condenser microphone
• Battery Compliment: 4 x AA • Weight: 235g
Fantastic New Model Has Built-In Antenna
C0328 NORMALLY
$129.50
C 0304
NOW $19
C 0385 $119.95 SPECIAL $99.00
SAVE OVER $20.00
NOW ONL V .,.$:..:::9:..;:9::.:•:.::0:.::0=---_ _c•_n_non_con_ne_ct_or_&_&_M_1e_ac1_1n_c1u_ded
__
Nicad Rechargeable Batteries
C 9055
Pn:mium Gtade - Good f<r up to 1000 n:-cbarges.
Charge Rate 45-SOmA f<r AA, 20mA for AAA,
10.15mA for 9V 120mA
Cat.No.
·
S 5020 AA 1.2V 500mAh
/
NORMALLY
1-9
$ 3.99
THIS MONTH'S SPECIALS $ 3.50
S 5021 AAA 1.2V 180mAH $ 4.50
THIS MONTH'S SPECIALS $ 4.00
10.99
$ 3.25
$ 2-50
$ 3.95
$ 3.00
·
$29.80
Will, uut1UU11•dM,t,,/V11c11""'
EvopONll•d FilM diaplsn,gm
Simply superb entertainers' microphone. Inbuilt
wind filter eliminated "Pops". Balanced line
circuit enables long mic cable runs.
Cardioid, 250 Ohm, 70.15.00Hz (uscable 1D
18KHz) Senaitivity -7 + 3db
On-Off Switch with built-in lock
Sturdy carry ca,c included
For Professiooal 2 way Radios on All'CI'aft, Boats,
Vehicles & also Industrial PA Systems.
Fantastic voice clarity, absence of feedback and
baclcground noise. Frequency Response 400SKHz. hnpedance 160 Ohms. Sensitivity -65db
A 2570 240V Mai. ,s Operated
Normally ~499
This Month $399
You Sav•f $100.00
Increase YOUR SECURITY!
~ -----------------7
Infra Red Movement Detector
I Pulse CountModel
Type
!RD now includes pulse oount circuitry with a specific
I Our 1989
delay between
sensing. 11uec pulses of lR radiation are
th::
I
I Featurn:
•Lens simply 'snaps' to either wide angle (range 40ft) for normal use
Narrow angle (and 80ft plus) for corridor applications.
I or*Snazzy
Integral mounting bracket allows corner 90o mounting.
•12v DC Powered
I •Built-In test lamp.
output SPST
la max.
I •Relay
•9-18V DC
I s 5301 Excellent value
·
30V
at$79.00
I
I
L-----------------~
Passive Infra-Red Lite Guard
Floodlight Control
J
. ,..
7
lAlarm
time
pulse
required to trigger
detector. Providing the detectors arc sensibly
positioned false triggering is completely eliminated.
1
.
' Multi Sector Burglar
II
······· ··
Protect your Home or Business from Intrude rs with this 11State of
the Art" Burglar Alarm System
Over the last few years, House Break-Ins have increased dramatically.
The recovery rate of stolen goods is very low. Now more than ever
before, it makes extremely good sense to build and install this ingenioWI
Multi-Sector System. This unique Alann System incorporates the
features of the mare expensive commercial models - at a fraction of the
pric.c.
}..eatures:
• 8 sectors can be monitored Independently • F.ach Input circuit Is prov ided with an Indicator
LED and a sector On/Off switch • Indiv idual sector Isolation • Inputs accept both normally
closed and normally open sen90rs • Two Inputs provided with an entry de lay • Alarm Is
disabled by frontpanel key switch • Internal trip warning buzzer • Unique circuit detects
tampering• Automatic muting of the siren driver when under test • Fully variable exit delay
• Will drive external horn speaker• Alarm output variable between 1 & 15 minutes• When
triggered, gives a connection to external devices e.g. Bells, TV Camera etc • Switched output
can be used to send a silent alarm • Full battery back up • Alamt wlll operate for approx. 2
days with mains disconnected • Supplied In an attractive functional security case.
(See EA Jan/Feb'85)
Kit (Less Battery Back Up) K 1900
~ckUpBattery~~2AH~06~
$149 .50
24.9~
----~
More TOP VALUE SECURITY KITS on our 2nd OPS
How onen have you thought there could be a prowler outside your door?
Install a Lite Guard & (once armed) any "guest" will be floodlit wbcn detected by this highly
scmitivc Infra.Red Detector.
Toe Litc Guard detects a moving person or vehicle by comparing the background temperature with a
rapid change of temperature across the detection beams. So when Litc Guard detects movement
across the coverage area it will tum on the floocilight(s) for 1-20 minutes as prcadjusted.
Security: Prowlers are startled by an unexpected blast of light.
Convcnicna:: Litc Guard will detect your arrival and twn light on to welco~ you home.
Energy Saving: Built-in photo cell deactivates unit in daylight.
s 53so was $135.00 SPECIAL ONLY $99.00
Please note: Floodlamp, & holders not supplied
2 Amp Regulated
Power Supply
Input Voltage: 240V AC -50Hz
Output Voltage: 12V DC +/-0.5V
Output Current: 2A DC
Dimensions: 84 x 68 x 200mm
Weight: 1.2kg,
M 9050 Normally $69.95
Now only $50.00
Solar Cell Module
Great experiments Solar
Module. Connect in parallel
or series as you wish.
Tenninal strap enables easy
interconnection to other cells.
Flat Key Cam Lock
......
-~
11:~-
~!if,
Zinc alloy die.cast bOUBmg wilh
stainleu ltCcl cap. Key
removable in cilbc:r politioo.
2 1olid brau kcy1 ~lied.
S 2550 WERE $4.95
NOW ONLY $4.00ea
S 2552 Spare Key Blmt1
$120 CL
Telephone or Security
Keyboard Switch
Matrix Type
Speclflcatlons: Contact Conductive rubber.
Rating DC 24V 5mA. Contact Resistance 200
Ohms. Max. Withstand Voltage 250V AC.
Bounce Sm sec. max.
S 5380 WERE $9.90ea
10 up $8.90ea
ISolar Charger
Charges up to 4AA Nicads
by simply placing in sun
light. Will charge from
dead flat to fully charged in
8-10 houn average sunlight.
Take care if charging inside
- ensure car is well
ntilated.
230 was $14.95
NO
Hz Frequency Counter
This Is just a sample of
our HUGE RANGE make sure you have a
copy of our NEW 1989
Catalogue to check out
our full range of meters
and thousands of
GREAT PRODUCTS.
te
I
A frequency counter Is Invaluable for the accurate alignment and
testing of many modern electronic circuits.
Specifications:
Frequency Range
1Olli • 150MHz
Gate Time 1 sec, 6 sec.
Accurscy +/· 1 count
Max. Input 'UJV P-P
Scnsitivity:110Hz • 30MHz
25mV ·lOOmV
110MHz • 150MHz
lOOmV • 300mV
I Power requirement 9V DC <at> lOOmA
Use our 9V Plug Pack M 9004
Value
.00
Special $149.00 YOU SAVE $50
01520
With Built-In Capacitance Meter
11\ --------7
IAU di O F e U enc I
Ge ne r:\ t
I
I
from the Labtcch range.: • Continuity Test
• Buzzer S0W1d: Less
200 ohm
I
I anywhere near the
• Capacitance: S Ranges 2000pP. 204P • Transistor Tester
DC Voltage
.2, 2, 20,200, 1000V
I
doorway as it dctecta
DC Current
200uA, 2mA, 20mA, 200mA, 2A, l0A
pressure change. Ideal
AC Voltage
.2, 2, 20, 200, 750V
I
for use in shops, office,
AC Current
200uA,2mA, 20mA, 200mA, 2A, lOA
doctors surgeries,
Resistance
200, 2K, 20K, 200K, 2M, 20M
I
Cb::mists etc.
General: Display: 3 1/2 digit LCD, 05" height, with
K1915 was $45.00
polarity and LO-BAT indication• Ovcrrange Indication
I
Maximum Common Mode Voltage: SOOY peak
IIn testing au~ic., ~ircu.itty it is necessary to have an I $NQW
Power: 9V alkaline or carbon-zinc battery.
Dimensions, Weight: 170mm x 'iflmm x 42mm, 350 grams
Iaccurate audio signal source. It even allows you I 39 .OO
Specifications: Input Impedance: !OM on all ranges
to test 455KHz IF stages!
Normal Mode Noise Rejection: 46db at 601-lz (lK unbalanced)
, specifications:
I SAVE $6.00
Common Mode Noise Rejecticm: l0Odb at 601-lz
Frequency Range
101-lz 1MHz
O
Overload Protecticn: 1000V de or peak on all ranges
IAccuracy +/· 3% +2Hz
5
I i===============:;r,,½
Response Time: less than 1 Second.
Output Waveforms: Sine: 8V RMS
ne Grabber
Q 1085USUALLY $139.00
r~,,tJ-IOutput
Square: lOVP-P
I (Sec Silicon
c:::/41 ...
Atlenuator: -20db, -40db
fine adjust.
S
f ilP~E;!C
~I ____1:.,_____J-~~•!!-~•!!•~-~!.._________J~~was $249.~ow $ ~ _ _ _j Chip Mar'88J
➔1,~ ➔1,~ LIGHT UP YOUR LIFE! ➔11 ~ .:-1~ .:-~ .:-1~ Wehavelotsofspecialswe
.
couldn't fit. Come in and look
All the normal ranges of current, resistance and voltage plus. convenient
and simple to USC capacitance meter in five ranges, plus transistor
tester, Check the features of this top quality digital multimcler
than
~
1..
-·-"-
and
' 1'
' 1'
,,,
/ ,J--------------.,---~-:-:::--::----r-e- d-:----,
Up To Now Similar Lamps Sold For
$1,000 And More NEW FOR '89
around and make sure you have
ourNEW1989Catalogue
The telephone Line Grabber preveuta
interruption from one extension to another.
When one extension is being used it
automatically mutes the other extcnsion(s).
Line Filter A
Conditioner (SecEAJuly'88)
Pl::isr
LRmp
Gives you comple11C security. Also great for
use with modems. One unit required far each
extension.
K 1415
Disp a
Le
I
I
OP vALUE $19.95
ht: The House
b
(Sec Silicon
Chip Oct'88)
endless fascination as it siulcs and arcs.
Supplied complete with AC Mains Adaptor.
Price Breakthrough for '89
A 0120 $199.00 NOW PRICE
Add More Li!, To Your Next Party
F1ashcs in time to your music, or as normal
strobe. Exclusively customised by Altronics
into our H 0480 Instrument Case. Includes
silk sa,:cned panel.
• LED fuse tripped
NORMALLY NOW
P 0530 8 Pin
P053214Pin
P 0534
16 Pin
P 0536
18 Pin
P 0538 'Ul Pin
P054024Pin
P 0542
28 Pin
P 054440 Pin
$1.10
$1.45
$1.65
$1.80
$1.99
$2.45
$2.80
$3.25
$ .79
$1.00
$1.15
$1.25
$1.39
$1.70
$1.9S
$2.25
Identify your House
indicator.
• Operates off 1 single
9V batlery (not
supplied)
• Two current Settings easily adjustable via a
pot and calibrated scale.
• HoUICd in a rugged Jiffy Box.
A must fer prototyping and service worlc.
No Electronic workshop should be without one.
K2535
GREAT VALUE
AT $39 50
LED light makes your house easily
recognisable at night by illuminating your
house number. Great for people visiting, easy
for taxis and emergency services to locate you at
night.
Operates off low voltage plug pack* Automatic
operation* Works only at night* Automatic
switch off after 4-5" hrs.
Altronic Kit comes complete. 64 LEDs
supplied.
The
Smooth power for stereo, TV & computers.
Altronics customised version housed in strong
Jiffy Box. Nickel sprayed for E.\il shielding.
K 5790 $79.95 NOW $75.0
For Increased Power Two
Tube Option
K 5795 $16.50 NOW $15.00
(Sec EA Nov'87)
Simply clips across the
DC Fuse holder, Offer,
protection adjustable
from 0-lOA in 2 ranges.
Features:
• Fast blow - slow blow
setting.
• Manual reset button.
L [iT 14
K6040 was $39.50
f
500
r:--------7
et e r ctl Je tion ,
was $59.95
NOW
$55 00
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I(Sec EA Oct '87)
high impedance unbalanced inputs to
IConverts
low impedance balanced outputs, Do,:cns of
studiq/PA uses.
IFeatures:
I• Sturdy dlecast box
Black lo11&h
powder coat finish
I•• Professionally
screen printed.
lndusL
1• Earth Isolate switch.
• +5db pad.
K1960
1• Plumtorn powering plus Internal 9V bat.
K 5550 $45.00 0
$39 00
Protect your valuable loudspeaker system. This
easy to construct kit, provides both DC and
ovctpowcr protection for your valuable Hi-Fi
speakers.
Self-powered unit disconnects the speakers
within 1/lOtb of a second of a fault occuring yet
in no way effect, the sound quality.
I unit raclc box includes quality silk scz,:cncd
froutponc!.
K 5050 WAS $125.00 NOW $99.00
S VE$26.00 .
C
(SeeE.A.
March'88)
Time your SID
calls and Save
Money. Tinting is
adjustable from 10
seconds to 15
(See SC Dec'87 or our '89 Cat for full spes.)
Utility T imer (:-
4 "
t:>•
'!, •
. t:
"' '
<at>
~
Mf
~
t,
~
~
,,.-J:_ ,.,,,
.•tr ·•·
\,
(See EA May '88)
Fantastic for Work
Bench & Tool Box For
Less Than $ 100
Easy to build. Over
50MHz in 5 ranges.
1 Features high input
impedance overflow
LED indicator. KHz &
MHz LED Indicators.
All components mount
onto a single PCB.
Complete with prepunched & silk screened
front panel. Ideal for use
in testing CB radios,
1V's & AM Radios etc.
.00 SAV
cita,
aotor
(See SC N ov '87)
Great for hand selecting
exact values e.g. exact
values for timer circuits
into your meter via
inbu.ilt banana plugs.
Kit includes prepunched silk screened
front panel.
Suits Labrech Q 1075
K 2520 was $24.99
K2510
High power rugged reliable design featw-ing low
distortion and inbuilt speaker protection.
All components, including output tranistors mount
on a single PCB. Suitable for rugh quality guitar
amp. public address or in a high fidelity srerco
amplifier. Kit includes angled heatsink bracket,
main hcatsink and unlike other kit suppliers, the
ln-Bu.ilt Polyswitch for loudspeaker prorection.
Output Power: lOOW into 4 Ohms 150W into
4 Ohms
100WVersion
NOW$65.00
150WVersion
99 0 VALUE
K 5150 $99.00
NOW$95.00
r - - ffi H~ igitalFrequenciMeter - 1 - · · ··· ... .. "
.,.,_,
(See SC Nov'87 Jan'88)
TI!is superb lGHzFrcquency Merer will out
I
I
I
I
I
perform many other instruments twice its price.
Features:
• Professional machined and screen printed red
perspex front panel.
• Easy to assemble .
• Bright Hewlett Packard 8 digit display,
• Electronic switch latching.
• High performance IC's.
• High Qual ity Components.
SpeclflCJ1llons
Operational Modes: Period Freq. to 100MHz Freq to 1GHz Freq.
Ra nge: !OOlu-lGHz (1.7GHz typ.) in frequency mode; 10Hz-2.5MHz(5MHz typ.) in period mode .
Gating times: 0.01 ,0.1,1 and 10 seconds (10MHz & 100MHz ranges); 0.128,1.28,12.8 & 128 sec.
(IGHzrani;e),
~2~ ' : : $299.o~ ~~$~
/J=======~---==~ct=-==-==
(See Sil icon Chip Jan'89)
Ever reversed into a parking spot and hit~ car behind you?
Well this proximity detector is the answer. A buzzer starts beeping
and just before you hit the object the buzzing becomes continuous.
Connects to your reversing light circuit, so it comes on automatically
every time you reverse. Effective range of about 1 metre. Complete
with all parts, boxes and cable.
K4310
K 5140 $69.00
',s.....
T $~. 50 NEW FOR '89
9.o~ SA VE_$50.00
si
W
or lechn.icia,u work
I
_)
TELEPHONE
DOUBLE ADAPTOR
S
range megohm meter ,
Ideally suited for
checking breakdown
in electrical wiring,
appliances
transfonncrs,
automtive generators
and alternators etc.
Breakdown can be
measured at either
ing on 1h: required
Converts single relephone
socket into a double socket
into a double socket to allow
you to P!!zf in two,.P.hones.
P 0995 :i,4.50 NuW LESS
THAN HALF PRICE AT
ONLY $2.00ea
Man ufact urers, Contractors and Bulk Users
Please Contact Our Who lesale Sales Dept.
Sydney (NSW Only) Colin Fobister 437 4077
Perth 09 328 2199
174 Roe St. Perth WA 6000
PHONE TOLL FREE 008 999 007
Perth Metro & After Hour■ (09) 328 1599
ALL MAIL ORDERS
P.O. Box 8350 Perth Mail Exchange W.A.6000
AL TRONICS RESELLERS
Ch ances are there is an Altron ics Reseller r ight near yo u- check thi s list or phone us for
details of the nearest dealer. PleaH Note: Rese llers have to pay th e cost of freight and
insurance and therefore the prices charged by individual Dealers may vary sl ightly
from this Catalogue - in many cases, however, Dealer prices will still represent a
sig nificant cost saving from prices charged by Altronics Competitors.
Don't forget our Expre11 Mall and Phone Order Service • for the coat of a local call,
BInkcIrd, VIN or Maatercard holder• can phone order tor Hmt day deapatch.
!1~~~~ ~~;~::sR:o~r'!r~!/~ie, ~~:~e~:i:;i°~~~ ~~~::t~~e:i~K1!~!J:~~!:
Allow approx 7 days from day you post order to when you rece ive goods
$7.00 OVERNIGHT JETSERVICE - We process your order the day received and
despatch via. Overnight Jeturvlce Courier for delivery next day Country areas please
al low additional 24-48 hours. We ight limit 3Kgs (3Kgs covers 95% of Orders).
$10.00 HEAVY HEAVY SERVICE - Al l orders of 10Kgs or more must t ravel Express
Road - Please all ow 7 days for delivery.
INSURANCE - As with virtua lly every other Australian supplier, we send goods at
consignees risk. Should you require comprehensive insurance cover against loss or
damage please add 1% to order val ue (minim um charge $1) . When phone ordering
please request " Insurance" .
TOLL FREE PHONE ORDER - Bankcard,Yisa, Mastercard Holders can phone order
tol l free up to 6pm Eastern Standard Time. Re member with our Overnight JetNrvlce we
deliver next day.
ALBANY B P E lec t ro ni cs ■ 41 2681 ESPERANCE Espera n ce Commun ications 7 13344 GERALDTON K .B.Elect r o n ics II
Mar in e 212176 KALGOORLIE Todays E lectro n ics ■ 212777 KARRATHA Daves Oscitron i c 854836 MANOURAH Lance Rock
Retravision 351246 WYALKATCHEM O & J Pease 811132
NT ALICE SPRINGS Ascom Electronics 521713 Farmer Electronics 522967
CANBERRA Bennett Commercial Electronics 805359 Scientronics 548334
VICTORIA CITY All Electronic Components 6623506 SOUTH
MELBOURNE Winscott Trading 6995740 SUBURBAN
CHELTENHAM Talking Electronics 5842386 CROYDEN Truscott Electronics
■ 7233860 PRESTON Preston Electronics 484019 1 COUNTRY BENDIGO KC Johnson ■ 411411 MORWELL Morwell Electronics 346133
CITY Delsound P/L 8396155 SUBURBAN CAPALABA David Hall Electronics 3902399 FORTITUDE VALLEY Economic
El ect ronics 25237 62 WOODRIDGE David Hall Elect roni cs 8082777 COUNTRY CAIRNS Electro nic Wo r ld ■ 518555 BUNDABERG Bob El kins
El ect r on i cs 72 17 85 GLADSTONE S u pertro ni cs 72432 1 MACKAY Philt r onics ■ 578855 ROCKHAMPTONAccess E l ectron i cs ( Eas t
St .) 221058 Electron
World 278988 TOOWOOMBA Hunts Electronics ■ 329677 TOWNSVILLE Solex ■ 722015 SA CITY
Electronic Comp &
Equip. 2125999 Force Electronic ■ 2125505 SUBURBAN
BR I GHTON Force Electronics ■ 377 0512 CHRISTIES BEACH Force Electron i cs
■ 3823366
ENFIELD Force E lectronics ■ 3496340 FINDON Force E l ectron i cs ■ 3471188 LONSDALE Forc e Electronics
■ 3260901 COUNTRY
MT.GAMBIER South East Electronics 250034 WHYALLA Eyre Electronics ■ 454764 TASMANIA HOBART George Ha rvey
■ 342233 LAUNCESTON George Harvey ■ 316533 Nichols Radio TY 316171
NSW CITY David Reid Electronics ■ 2671385 CARINGHAH Hicom
U nitronics 5247878 LEWISHAM PrePak Electro ni cs 5699770 SMITHF I ELD Chantro n ics 6097218 COUNTRY COFFS HARBOUR Coifs Habour
El ect r on ics 525684 NELSON BAY Nelso n Bay Elec t ron ics 813685 NEWCAST L E Novocast r ian Elect.Supp l i es ■ 62 1358 NOWRA Ew in g
El ectronics ■ 218412 RAYMOND TERRACE Alback Electronics 8734 19 WINDSOR
M & E Electronics 775935 WOLLONGONG Newtek E l ectronics ■ 271620
Blue Ribbon Dealert are highlighted with
a ■. These Dealers generally carry a comprehensi ve range of Altronic products and kits o r wil l order any required
item tor you .~
The line of most resistance
My main story this month comes from my
Tasma~an colleague, J. L. As he freely admits, it is
a comedy of errors - though I doubt whether
there was much to laugh about at the time. But out
of his trauma comes some good advice regarding
the selection of substitute transistors.
Customers are the strangest people. Often they will tolerate the
most objectionable faults in their
TV or radio sets and do nothing
about it until some other relatively
minor fault prompts them to seek
help.
I was reminded of this when a
customer brought in a small Sony
colour TV set, a KV1300-AS. The
complaint was "a white line across
the middle of the screen". When I
fired it up, I saw the white line all
right but I also saw the reason for it
- the top quarter of the picture
was folded over itself and Teletext
lines were flickering across the
newsreader's face.
Not only that but the bottom of
the picture was up about 25mm
from the bottom of the screen. It
seemed to be undistorted but was
probably squashed a bit more than
it should have been.
When I pointed out these extra
faults, the customer exclaimed:
"They don't worry me at all. It's the
line across the centre that is such a
nuisance". All he wanted me to do
was cure the white line, though I
couldn't imagine how I could do
that without curing the other faults
at the same time.
I began by looking at all the electrolytic capacitors in the vertical
oscillator, drive and output stages.
Dried out electros are far and away
the most common cause of linearity
troubles in vertical stages. Unfortunately, replacing all these made
not the slightest difference.
Voltage checks
Next, I fired up the set with the
vertical board exposed and set
about measuring the various
voltages for comparison with those
given in the manual. The vertical
05082SC926A
V. OR1VE
23
46.sw·
12
I
~I
200v
1
Fig.1: vertical deflection circuitry of the Sony KV-1300-AS. The fault was
tracked down by carefully measuring the voltages around Q901, Q509
and Q508 and comparing them with those marked on the circuit.
56
SILICON CHIP
output stage in this set is rather
unusual. It uses dissimilar output
transistors, Q901 and Q509, in a
kind of asymmetrical push-pull circuit. One of the transistors is
mounted on a heatsink on the vertical board and the other on a small
tab attached to the main chassis.
The collector of Q901 is fed from
a 110V rail and the yoke drive is
taken from its emitter. The circuit
shows the emitter at 47V and the
base at 46.5V. The collector of
Q509 is shown as 47V, the same
value as the emitter of Q901 to
which it is directly connected. This
level, in turn, is set by the bias on
Q509, which is shown as 0.75V,
while the emitter should be at 0.6V
None of the measured voltages
agreed with the circuit values and
in one case the difference was quite
marked; the emitter of Q901 was at
53V and the base at 42V, suggesting that there was a whopping
11 V reverse bias on this stage.
But this meant very little,
because the vertical oscillator was
still driving these stages and the
voltages I was observing were
almost certainly being generated by
rectification in the base-emitter
diode junctions of the transistors.
All they indicated was that
something was very wrong with this
part of the circuit - but I knew
that already!
I would have enjoyed the chance
to sit down and work out just what
was going on from the voltage
readings but hard economics
demanded a faster solution to the
problem.
In fact , the voltage measurements had yielded one important
clue; the emitter of Q509 was at
0.4V relative to chassis instead of
the 0.6V shown on the circuit. Since
this voltage was being generated
across a bypassed emitter resistor,
it suggested that the transistor was
not drawing as much current as it
ooo-"fHex J:)ON'"'\ W~'< ME:1
,,-....., ,, 'S 11-1-e:.. L-1 N ~
AC.ROSS
-n-u~:
c~e:
-'l1;ig
,,,..____ _ _ _ _ _~('~•89-should and thus it did not have sufficient bias on its base.
The bias for this transistor is
derived from the divider chain
R556, VR508, R560 and R559/
TH502. VR508 is labelled vertical
bias and is used with the linearity
control to optimise the vertical
scan.
When I went to measure the
voltages down this chain, it turned
out that R556 was dropping 109.4V
and the rest of the chain only 0.6V. I
guessed that R556 was open circuit.
Having made that guess, I should
have turned the set off and removed
R556 before checking its resistance. But I tried to be smart and
bypass all that rigmarole. Using my
decade resistance box, I attempted
to dab a 270kQ resistor across the
suspect one. The only trouble was
that I miscued and shorted the
110V rail to chassis. There was a
small "pop" from the power supply
board and the set stopped. The
chopper transistor was
circuit.
short
Transistor substitutes
This transistor, Q903, is a
2SC1454 - a type which I didn't
have in stock. But I do have many
other power trnnsistors so I began
a search for a suitable replacement. Although there are many
thousands of transistor type
numbers, there are only a thousand
or so transistor types. So it stands
to reason that many transistors are
the same as, or very similar to,
others with different type numbers.
As a result, one of the most useful
books in any service workshop is a
transistor substitution manual. Or
it would be if (1) it contained all
type numbers and (2) it could be
relied on for accuracy. Over the
years,,I have collected a dozen different substitution manuals but only one has proved to be both comprehensive and accurate.
Unfortunately, in the electronics
field, every book ever published has
been out of date before it leaves the
press. As a result, we are forever
buying new books and hoping that
the latest one will be more accurate
than the last.
So it was that I turned to my
6-week-old copy of "Up-to-Date
World's Transistor Comparison
Table". This has 784 close printed
pages and comes close to listing all
transistor types ever made.
The entry for 2SC1454 showed it
to be a 300V 4A 50W NPN silicon
transistor, intended for use as a
power switch. The recommended
alternatives were BU109, BUl 10,
BU210, BUY21, BUY77 and
2N6306. As bad luck would have it,
there were none of these in stock so
I had to look further, to find
substitutes for the substitutes.
Those for the BU109 and 110 were
not very helpful but when I came to
the BU210 things looked better.
The BU526 and BU626 were
listed and these are higher voltage
versions of the BU326 which I did
have in stock. These are all listed as
TV switches and this is the
characteristic required for a chopper transistor. I have used the
BU326 as a replacement chopper in
many sets so I felt it would be
satisfactory in this one.
But you live and learn. The
BU326 fired up all right and worked
perfectly - for about two hours.
During this time I went back to
the vertical problem and found that
R556 was indeed open circuit.
Replacing this cured the vertical
problems and it looked as though
the set could go home next day.
As a final check on the vertical
scan, I switched the set over to SBS
which I knew to be broadcasting
their test pattern at that time. Just
as the switch clicked over, so did
the power supply and everything
went dead. The BU326 was shorted.
What gives?
At first, I thought that the
VHF/UHF switch-over had blown
the chopper because both events
happened simultaneously. Later, I
came to the conclusion that the
chopper must have been about to
fail. The momentary loss of line
sync as the bands changed might
MARCH 1989
57
have created enough extra load to
finish it off. But why did the BU326
fail?
Rather than replace the chopper
and risk another loss, I fired up the
set using an external 110V supply.
This showed that the set was running OK on VHF channels but that
the UHF channel was showing only
a white screen with a slight hiss
from the speaker.
This was turning into one of those
jobs that goes from bad to worse. I
began to wonder if I would ever get
it finished.
I could find nothing wrong with
either the power supply or the line
output stage. Apart from the UHF
channel, everything seemed to be
working properly. The only conclusion was that I should have used a
BU426 (or better) and that the 326
just didn't have enough grunt for
this set.
Faced with the problem of finding yet another substitute for a
substitute, I turned to "Towers International Transistor Selector".
And against 2SC1454 I found two
other recommended substitutes BDY94 and 2N5157. Looking further, I found that there were no
substitutes for the BDY94 but a
BU105 would substitute for a
2N5157.
There was one significant difference between the characteristics given in the two books. While
the "Up-to-Date World's Transistor
Comparison Table" shows the
2SC1454 as merely a power switch,
Towers rates the transistor as a
"television line output extra high
voltage". In fact, all the substitutes
shown in Towers were labelled
"extra high voltage".
Clearly, this characteristic was
one which the publishers considered to be particularly important. In the light of my experience,
they were probably justified. What
I wanted was a transistor of sufficient power handling capability,
together with an extra-high voltage
rating.
At first I thought of using a
2SD350 line output transistor,
which at 1500 volts can be considered to be extra high voltage, at
least as far as a 1 lOV chopper supply is concerned. However, its
power rating is only 22W and I
needed something nearer 50W.
otl)plf'q
e<ti<;
"be
i
•
.
ff
l\
-.
ou\N E:L-e:c-..-rRON\~ ~VE.R'-(
:l3(:X)K E.VE:1<.. 'PlJe>L.\GM~P IS
OU\ OF ~
~~e:
1--r"' L-E.A\JES 11-\E'- ~SSooo
58
SILICON CHIP
Fortunately, there is one common
line transistor with these ratings,
the 2SD380A, and I had several of
these in stock. It took little time to
fit one and soon the Sony was going
like a charm - except that the UHF
section still wasn't working.
The possibilities
My first thought was that the
chopper failure had spiked the UHF
tuner and knocked out the RF transistor. But a replacement tuner proved to be just as inactive as the first
one. So if the tuner was OK and was
receiving the proper rail voltage,
what else could stop it from
working?
The only possibilities were the
AFC and AGC voltages. Unfortunately, neither of these voltages
is shown at the tuner on the
schematic diagram. I had to work
them out from figures given on
other parts of the drawing.
The AFC voltage was the lesser
suspect because the same line goes
to both the VHF and UHF tuners
and the VHF tuner was working
normally. This left the AGC line.
In this set, there are no less than
four amplifiers in the UHF AGC
line. There are two, AGC amp 1 & 2
(Q781 & 782), on the UV board and
two more, UIF AGC 1 & 2 (Q211 &
Q212), on the S board. Also Q751,
on the UIF board, is an AGC
amp/buffer so there were plenty of
locations for trouble.
I injected an IF signal from a test
tuner into the input of the UIF
board and obtained a perfect picture. However, when the output of
the Sony tuner was patched across
to another TV set, there was no
trace of any signal. not even snow.
The tuner was completely inactive.
Tracking back along the AGC
line, I came to the moving arm of pot
(VR201), designated UIF AGC, between the 18V rail and a tapping in
the third video IF transformer,
T208. From here the line goes to
Q211, the first AGC amplifier. The
base and emitter voltages of this
transistor were correct but the collector voltage was way off.
Q211 is directly coupled to Q212,
the second AGC amp, and here I hit
the jackpot. All three pins on Q212
were at the same voltage - give or
take a few millivolts.
It also allowed me to complete one
of the most frustrating jobs I've had
in a long while.
The main point to emerge from
the foregoing comedy of errors is
the need to buy, keep and use every
transistor comparison manual you
can lay hands on.
Although this story mentions only
two volumes, I have in fact about a
dozen books, all of which get occasional use. "Towers International
Transistor Selector" has proved to
be the most useful over a long
period and it certainly gave the
right information for this story.
However, the new " Up-to-Date
World's Transistor Comparison
Table" is very comprehensive and
if its overall accuracy proves to be
better than it was in this story, then
it too will become a reference in
constant use in my workshop. And
in future, I will check more than one
reference before selecting a chopper or line output transistor.
YOU NEED THIS
T TEST
I ENT
SHORTED TURNS TESTER
Including meter for checking
EHT trans, yoke windings, drive
trans.
+ $3.00 P&P
HI-VOLTAGE PROBE
$78.00
Including meter
Reads positive or negative
0-50kV
For TVs, microwave ovens and
high voltage equipment
$84.00 & $5.00 P&P
TV TUNERS (PHILIPS)
ECL 2060 Repair or exchange
UV461 Repair only
$17 .00 ea + $2.00 P&P
CHEQUE, MONEY ORDER,
BANKCARD OR MASTERCARD
TO
TUNERS
216 Canterbury Road
Revesby 2212, Sydney,
Australia
Phone: (02) 77 4 1154
Back at the ranch
l
Fig.3: relevant section of the S board
showing the two AGC amplifiers,
Q211 and Q212. AGC voltage from
T208 (not shown) is applied to the
base of Q211 and taken off the
emitter of Q212.
Yet when I checked this transistor with a multimeter, all the
junctions appeared to be perfect.
They each had the normal forward
voltage drop and no sign of leakage
when reverse biased. So I pulled it
out for a more accurate check.
On my transistor tester, the thing
showed its true colours. Although
there was still no sign of leakage,
when tested for gain the meter
slammed against the right hand
stop, as though the transistor had
an extremely high beta . It was
just as though it was short
circuited.
In fact, it was behaving more like
an SCR, going short circuit as soon
as any bias appeared on the base.
And being in a DC circuit, once
shorted it stayed shorted.
A new 2SC1364 restored the correct AGC level to the UHF tuner and
the whole set to normal operation.
Well, having digested J. L.'s
trauma, I think something a little
lighter is called for. This story really started with one of my own sets;
a General Electric model GE482
which I acquired several years ago
and which serves as a very useful
second set. The GE482 is about 7
years old and apart from the fault I
am about to relate has been virtually trouble free.
But before delving into the story,
I should point out that this chassis
has appeared under at least three
brands: the GE482 as above, the
Rank model C2020 and the General
model GC205. So the fault and its
cure could apply to any one of
these.
The fault showed up some time
ago but it was intermittent and occurred only rarely. It took the form
of loss of blue or, at other times, an
excess of blue. Like the cobbler
whose children were the last to
wear shoes, I did nothing about it
for a long while.
There were a number of reasons
for the duck-shoving. For one thing,
it seemed like a potential nasty and
it's bad enough having to solve
nasties when one is being paid for it
let alone doing it for nothing. Then
there was the intermittent nature of
D.DAUNER
ELECTRONIC
COMP ENTS
WE STOCK A WIDE RANGE
OF ELECTRONIC PARTS
for
•
Development • Repair
• Radio Amateur
• Industrial Electronic
• Analog and Digital
WHILE STOCKS LAST
CFE 455 RESONATOR $2.80 ea
• 7552 COAXIAL CABLE (4 SHIELDS)
CG7 $0.90/MTR
• 50 ONLY MET AL PROJECT
INSTRUMENT CASES 370mm(L) x
90mm(H) x 180mm (D) $4.50 ea
•
Come and see.
Showroom:
51 Georges Crescent,
Georges Hall, NSW 2198
(Behind Caltex Service Station In Blrdwood Read)
Phone 724 982
TRADING HOURS:
Monday to Friday 9.00 a.m. to 4.00 p.m.
Saturday from 9.00 a.m. to 12.00 noon.
MARCH 1989
59
SERVICEMAN'S LOG
the fault plus its rare appearances.
Of course, Mrs Serviceman made
jibes from time to time but I could
always find a good excuse.
In fact, I did pull the back off the
set on a couple of occasions and
prodded around the red, green and
blue drives, looking for possible dry
joints or intermittent components
but without success. So I more or
less gave up.
Then several months ago, one of
my customers brought in the Rank
version of this set and complained
about exactly the same fault. I ran
that set for about three weeks and
it displayed the fault only once during that time and then so briefly
that I had no chance to get to grips
with it. Finally, I was forced to
return it to him with the advice to
keep it until the fault developed to a
more predictable condition.
And did Murphy have a field day
on that one. The customer was back
in a couple of days with the news·
that the set had "gone blue" almost
as soon as he took it home and had
been like that almost continuously
ever since. Yet when I set it up in
the workshop it worked perfectly
for several more weeks - not even
a hint of trouble.
So once again, all I could do was
return the set with suitable explanations and advice. Having
heard nothing since I assumed that
the fault had not returned or if it
had, only briefly. I know the
customer well enough to know that
he would be back immediately if he
felt that the set's behaviour
justified it (more about this later).
Another Rank C2020
And so the problem lay dormant
until a few weeks ago when a different customer fronted up with a
Rank C2020 having the same fault.
(/
"
.-v~
~~
,i\_~il~
-----------=-~.~
/2--
~
60
SILICON CHIP
(;;#
Once again, it showed a marked
disinclination to misbehave when
the customer tried to demonstrate
the fault.
By now, with three examples of
the same fault hanging over my
head, I realised that I had to make a
real effort to come to grips with it.
The best I could hope for was that
this latest chassis might respond
more readily to prodding, tapping,
freezing, etc than had its predecessors and thus provide a clue.
Neck board checks
In this set the red, green and blue
drive transistors are on the neck
board (PWC677). I went over this
board with a fine tooth comb and
tried every trick I knew to bring on
the fault. It was all a wasted effort;
the set never missed a beat.
Well, perhaps it wasn't wasted.
Something, probably the sheer
frustration of the problem, triggered a long dormant memory concerning a problem with this chassis
when it first appeared.
At that time the problem was
more drastic; intermittent loss of all
chroma. This problem was eventually traced to the chroma processing IC, IC701, a uPC1365C .
More precisely, it was the socket
used to mount the IC that caused all
the trouble.
The first time I struck the fault I
assumed it was faulty contacts and
went through the ritual of spraying
both the IC and the socket contacts
with a contact cleaner pressure
pack. This worked for a while, then
the set bounced. This time I changed the IC and that worked too, for a
while. Then it bounced again.
By this time I'd heard rumours of
the same fault in other sets and a
recommendation - I think by the
manufacturer - to remove the
socket and solder the IC directly to
the board. And that fixed it.
So was this a variation of that old
gremlin'? It seemed that there was a
good chance that it was but in any
case, there was nothing to lose and
everything to gain by dispensing
with the potentially troublesome
socket.
It is a 28-pin device, so I used up
a few centimetres of solder braid
getting it out. I then I fitted the IC
directly on the board. That was sim-
ple enough but I realised I had
made a minor goof. Mounted on the
copper side of the board was a
small capacitor with one end connected to the earthy copper pattern
and the other end to one of the IC
pins.
But which one? In my haste to
remove the socket I had neglected
to note this vital point and the situation was not helped by the fact that
the markings on the capacitor were
no longer readable.
I probably could have worked it
out from the circuit but the situation was enough to prompt me to bring my own set into the workshop
the next morning. Not only would it
clarify this point beyond doubt but
it would be a good opportunity to
modify my own set at the same time.
Well, it all worked out fine. The
capacitor turned out to be a .OlµF
unit which connects to pin 10 and
modifying my own set presented no
problems. Both sets fired up at
switch-on but significantly, both
were in obvious need of grey scaling. My own set, in particular, was
now excessively blue. So that was
attended to after which I had two
very nice sets running on the bench.
But had I cured the fault? Only
time would answer that question. I
ran the customer's set for several
days with no sign of trouble, which
was encouraging but not conclusive. And of course, I gave my
own set a thorough workout both on
the bench and then at home.
It performed perfectly also and
thus encouraged, I gave the
customer back his set with strict instructions to contact me if there
was any sign of trouble. That was
several weeks ago as I write and all
is well so far. So here's hoping.
What about the
first customer?
And what about that first Rank
set that Murphy had had so much
fun with? Quite frankly, I was
puzzled that I had not heard from
the customer. I felt sure he would
have contacted me in the event of
trouble but at the same time, I
found it hard to imagine that the set
had run for nearly six months
without trouble.
So I rang him. And would you
believe it - the set had not missed
t
-RE:AL.\5£.D t
At>
MAt>E. A MINOR GOOF9....
TETIA TV TIPS
AW A-Thorn N Chassis
Symptom: Small picture. 118V rail
down to about 90V . R907 (2200
9 watt) spring resistor may open,
cutting off the set altogether.
Cure: L901, a 1 OµH miniature inductor, goes open circuit. This inductor feeds drive to the series
regulator and, when it goes open
circuit, the regulator is cut off. The
set may still operate on current fed
through R907 but this will get very
hot and may spring open as a
result.
GEC 2213-A
Symptom: Loud squealing from
power supply. Squeal changes
pitch or loudness as the load on
the supply changes but even
disconnecting the set entirely
doesn't stop the noise.
Cure: C510 (1 µF). C512 (1 OµF)
a beat since he took it home all
those months ago. Among other
things, it just shows how easily one
can get caught. Had I made any attempt to cure the fault, I would
have blissfully imagined that I had
fixed it. In fact, I know that it is still
there waiting to happen.
and/or C521 (4 .7µF) gone low in
value. The first two capacitors
modify the drive waveform to the
chopper transistor while the third
one is in the feedback network to
the line oscillator in IC501. (All
three were found faulty in one set
and the noise from the chopper
was deafening although the set
would still work).
Sanyo CTP5601, 6602 etc.
Symptom: Very weak sound but
no apparent distortion. A signal
tracer will show sound to be normal at test point 1 G, the output of
the sound IF chip , but not at the
volume control.
Cure: C178, a 1µF 1 OV electro
open circuit. This capacitor and
C 1 7 7 serve only to keep DC out of
the volume control but failure of
either will cause loss of sound.
So I have suggested that he bring
the set in immediately it gives trouble - or sooner if he likes - and I
will modify it. But I doubt whether
he will do anything until it does
misbehave; I'm sure he's convinced
that I've fixed it. Some people are
funny like that.
~
MARCH 1989
61
NEW KIT!
KIT'S
COLUMN
1/3 Octave Graphic Equaliser
Totally NEW design. Stunning audio performance.
Toe 28 band Jaycar Graphic Equalisers have been unbelievably popular over the last 8 years. Jaycar, along with Silicon Chip have taken the best featun:s of the 28
band graphics and incarporatl:s them into this totally new electronic design, which featun:s vastly superior audio performance to our old graphics. apart from the 4
extra bands (which now cxtl:nd frcm 16Hz to 20KHz), the new 'Studio Series' graphic fcatun:s radically new slide pot> especially made foc the project. They have a
much different resiltAD.ce taper than the old linear pots of previous designs and arc almost univcnally used in professional graphics that cost over one thousand
ddlan!!
In keeping with the profe11icnal natun: of the product they arc mountl:d in a staDdard 19", 2 unit configuration and powered directly fran mams. Naturally the Jaycar
Hi Guysl
Well, ~·s catalogue time again. The guys in
the art department have been working around
the clock for the last two months to get it
together, It's the best one yet (they tell me)
and the biggest. ( l\le heard that before I)
kit ill :ruppli:,d with all metalwork, including the statl:-of-the-art LM833 low noise op -amp, specially made slide controls etc.
You will find a copy of the catalogue in the
centre of this magazine - that Is unless
someone has stolen It. If it's not there call in
to any one of our stores and $1.00 will get you
one.
SPECIF1CATI ONS
Frequency Response
Equaliser out
Equaliser in
Boost and out
Harmonic Distortion
<.05% for frequency range)
Plat
5Hz-20kHz + !dB -3dB at 45kHz
-12'18
Signal Handling
Gain
Maximum input and output
Unity (sec text)
IOV RMS (all controls flat)
Signal to Noise Ratio
with respect to IV RMS
ONLY $229.oo
n------------------,
NEW KIT!
''Beat Me''
Ref; EA March '89
This unusual project is actually a metronome that has its rhythm set by simply
tapping the unit at the desired rate. You can tap it with a drum stick, pencil - even
your fingernail 4 times, and the "Beat Me" mimic the rate at which it was tapped
indefinitely - so simple!
The Jaycar kit includes case, speaker and all electronic components. It runs on a
battery (not supplied) .
Size 130 x 68 x 41mm Cat KA
TOP
VALUE!
A new branch? The boss has been spending
a lot of time In Melbourne lately. He tells me
that we will be opening a new store in
Melbourne soon. when I asked him where in
Melbourne he said, "Corne down and I will
show you." The problem Is that I'm not sure
whether he actually wanted me to go or notl
Aw.
~OUr?
1
$29.95
New Kit Dept. A new kit which tickled my
fancy is out In EA this month. It's called "Beat
Me"I (Now wt,y did I like that name?) It Is
basically a metronome, which has something
to do with music. You set the beat by tapping
It. Stuffed HI know why anyone would want
one, but I love the namel
95dB unwcightl:d (20Hz to 20kHZ)
97dB A-wcigblcd
33k01nn
lkO!un
Input Impedance
Output Impedance
Ref: Silicon Chip March '89 Cat KC-5050
I OHz to 20kHz
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
gyl
Well, I went anyway. We arrived down there
first thing in the morning. That way the boss
saved the over-night accommodation - pretty
short-sighted of him I thoughtl
The 1989, 148 page Jaycar
catalogue was inserted in this
magazine this month. If the
catalogue was taken and you want
one, send a large (280 x 210 min)
stamped (90cents ), addressed
envelope to:
We went straight to the A'Beckett Street store.
Eyup (the manager - call him Ian) and the
guys, had the place looking really splc'n'span.
I really liked that shop and some of our guys
there seemed to Ii ke me ...
After that we went out to our big store at
Springvale to see Sam and the guys. It's a fair
way out of town but convenient I guess to the
customers who live out that way.
Jaycar Pty Ltd
PO Box 185
CONCORD
NSW 2137
I
I
I
I
The boss then took me to lunch and fil led me
up on Mo'et - the rascal. I doni remember too
much else about the rest of the time in
Melbourne, but once again, I think I had a
good time.
and we'll send you one right back!
OR call into any Jaycar store and
collect one for ONLY $1.00
L------------------~
The boss never did show me the new
Melbourne site but judging by the Cheshire
cat grin on his face he (we?) may be back
down real soon.
OUR MOST POPULAR KIT IN 1988!
SeeYal
FM Stereo Transmitter "MINI MITTER"
Ref: Silicon Chip October 1988
This fantastic project enables you to transmit
a signal IN STEREO over the FM band. The
range Is limited to about 20 metres or so, so
irs not a nuisance to anyone else. It uses a
single 1.5V M (penlight) cell which lasts for ages.
Just imagine! You can listen to your CD player
on your FM headphone receiver while washing your
earl You can play your Walkman CD player over
your car stereo - no wiresl The possibilities are
endless! Set up your own mere FM Radio Station!
The Jaycar kit of this projecl Includes the hard to get
Rohm BA 1404 chip and the CORRECT 38kHz
crystal - even harder to getl All other specified
parts are included as well.
ONLY
TURN YOUR SURPLUS
STOCK INTO CASH!!
r--------7
SPECIAL AND
1
I
~
IC
CRYSTAL FOR
MINIMITTER KIT AVAILABLE
SEPARATELY
BA-1404 Trans IC
38MHz Mini Crystal
Cat. Zl-3995 $6.75 Cat. R0-5298 $8.75
--------
I
_J
Jaycar will purchase your
surplus stocks of components
and equipment
CALL GARY JOHNSTON
OR BRUCE ROUTLEY
(02) 747 2022
FANTASTIC NEW KITS FOR '89
MINSTREL 2/30 SPEAKER KIT
Refer Silicon Chip Feb 89
Jaycar and Silicon Chip proudly present the first in a
series of quality, economical speaker kits.
These popular bookshelf type speakers will handle 60W
RMS!
AND
They perform extremely well, showing a good overall
balance between speakers and a very flat response
through the tonal range.
Just look at these features:
,. high efficiency- 96db - 1Wattl1meter
* pre-built crossovers with aircore chokes
* small size - 490(H) x 303(W) x 290(D)mm
* Recessed push terminals on rear
,. quality black cabinets with removable grills
If purchased together
cat. CS-2540
Speakers
cat. cS-2542
Cabinets
$1 49 ■ 00
$1 29 ■ 00
only$269.00 complete
PCB SHORTS LOCATOR
Refer EA Feb 89
This kit will allow you to use anu analog RGB colour video monitor as a CGA colour monitor
for your IBM PC or corrpatible. Kit includes PCB, box, panel, D sockets and plug and all
specffied components.
Cat. KA-1711
'
$49.95
Cat. KA-1712
MAINS MUZZLER
Refer Silicon Chip Jan 89
A line filter kit for your computer which incorporates an effective filter for mains borne
interference and a varistor to clip dangerous
spike voltages. Kit includes PCB, box (HB5446) 4 mains sockets and all specffied
components.
Cat. KC-5046
$55.00
Refer EA Feb 89
This simple kit will help you locate shorted tracks on printed circuit boards by means of a
varying audio tone. It's easily built and much cheaper than commercial units.
r----------,
1 BETA TESTER 1
I
I
I
I
I
Refer Silicon Chip Feb 89
Great NEW kit. Will measure the gain of a
transistor, test NPN, PNP and power transistors,
PLUS, by trial-and-error, you can identify BCE on
an unmarked device. Kit includes PCB, box and all
specHied components.
L
$18 95
- --- ---- --
Cat.KC-5047
•
I
I
I
I
$22.95
BEEPO
CONTINUITY TESTER
Refer EA Feb 89
This ail-singing, all-dancing continuity tester kit features three audio tones,
operation over six decades of resistance, auto-polarity reversal, and an ambient
current so low, it needs no ON/OFF switch.
Kit Includes PCB, box and all specHled components. Batteries extra (Cat. SB-2369
$4.35 for 2 Alkaline)
I Cat. KA-1710 $19 95
.J ~ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ~
■
gr_#) lif____________________________________
MAIL ORDERS
HEAD OFFICE
POST & PACKING
137
7
2
""~--iiiliii~iloiiiilii~iiAl,.,..n._._...,.l..~lli.o6,._~
8
rL_::_i_i_i_\~_{;_~:_(~_(:_~a-~-:c_:4_~c_:_~:_:__ _ _ _ _~_t_R:_{_:~-~-~-~-~c_1l_l_::_;o_:_:ri_!8_8___1l_t_$_1o_o_l_!i_9J_i_i_1_l_l__..,
MAIL ORDER VIA YOUR
ff ROAD FREIGHT ANYWHERE IN AUSTRALIA $13 .50 ..,
SYDNEY-CITY 117YorkSt. (02) 2671614-
GORE HILL
188 Pacific Hwy (Cnr. Bellevue Ave) (02) 439 4799 Mon-fri 9 • 5.30 Sat 9 - 4pm
144 Logan Rd (07) 393 om Mon-fri 9 • 5.30 Thurs 8.30 - Sat 9 · 12
Mon-Fri 8.30 • 5.30 Thurs 8.30 pm· Sat 9 · 12
PARRAMATTA 355 Church St (Cnr. Victoria Rd) (02) 683 3377
BURANDA QLD
CONCORD
115 Parramatta Rd (02) 745 3077 ·
Mon-fri 8.30 - 5.30 · Sat 8.30 · 12
MELBOURNE-CITY Shop 2. 45 A'Beckett St City (03) 663 2030
HURSTVILLE
t 21 forest Rd (02) 570 7000 ·
Mon-fri 9 - 5.30 Thurs 8.30 pm · Sat 9 12
SPRINGVALE VIC
Mon-fri 9 . 5.30 Thurs 8.30 pm · Sat 9 · 2pm
-:-7
,
Id
Mon-fri 9 · 5.30 fri 8.30 · Sat 9 · 12
887-889 Springvale Road Mulgrave (03) 5471022
Nr Cnr. 0andenong Road Mon-fri 9 · 5.30 fri 8.30 - Sat 9 · 2
Map reader
Have you ever had to work out the distance
between two points on a map? Using a pair of
dividers or a ruler is doing it the hard way. All you
need do is run the wheel of our Map Reader over
your route and the answer comes up on your
calculator.
By MALCOLM YOUNG & LEO SIMPSON
There are times when you need
to plan a particular route you wish
to take, especially if you take part
in activities such as orienteering in
the bush. Part of that planning is
working out which route is the
shortest. But how do you do that if
you only have a straight edged
ruler? Unfortunately; roads and
tracks tend to have a few bends as
they meander about. Fun hermore,
if you are tracing your rnute on a
street directory, distances lose all
perspective after you turn a few
pages.
64
SILICON CHIP
With this Map Reader you simply
run the guide wheel over the map
scale to get a scale factor. Then it is
a simple task to run the guide wheel
over your proposed route to obtain
the distance to be travelled.
The electronics involved in the
Map Reader is pretty complicated
but it won't cost a bundle because it
is all based on a cheap and readily
available pocket calculator. All you
have to to do is make up the guide
wheel assembly and then wire it into the calculator. When complete
you will not only have a handy Map
Reader (or distance calculator) but
the pocket calculator will still perform all its functions as normal.
Digital display
Small projects requiring a digital
display can have a price that can
make them impractical. For example, a 4-digit multiplexed display
could cost over $30 and an LCD version even more. For this project we
need at least three digits and
preferably more.
Ideally too, the readout should be
a liquid crystal display (LCD) to
keep battery drain to an absolute
minimum. That requirement adds
up to quite a lot of dollars if the
display has to be made specially for
the job.
Fortunately, we don't have to use
a special display. We can use an
ordinary 4-function pocket calculator with LCD readout. You can
buy these for around $10 to $12 or
you might be able to use one you
-
r
3V_L
S1
.---OOUTPUT TO+ SIOE
OF EQUALS KEY IN
CALCULATOR
Fig.1: the circuit of the Map
Reader is really simple - just a
LED running from two AA cells
and a phototransistor connected
to the calculator. The guide
wheel acts as a photo
interrupter.
B
EOC
VIEWEO FROM
BELOW
MAP READER
interrupts light from a light emitting diode (LED) to a phototransistor. As the light hits the
phototransistor it conducts and
acts as a switch. This is connected across the " = " button on
the calculator. So only two wires
need be connected to the calculator.
For our Map Reader we used a
Tandy solar-powered 4-function
calculator with LCD display (Cat.
65-563). This is listed in the current
catalog at $24.95 but we purchased
it on special for only $11.95.
If you wish to buy another model
or use one that you already have on
hand, you should check that it has
the constant function described
above.
Construction
When we talk about 4-function
calculators we mean the most basic
models which provide addition, subtraction, multiplication and division. On many (but not all)
4-function calculators though, there
is a fifth "hidden" feature; the
"constant" function.
The constant function allows you
to enter a given number on the
display and then repeatedly add,
subtract, multiply or divide by that
number. For example, if you enter
the number 3, press the + button
and then repeatedly press the "="
button, the number on the display
will increase by 3 each time the
" = " button is pushed. If you have
not tried this on your calculator
give it a try now.
Many of the more deluxe multifunction calculators do not have the
constant function - it tends to be
confined to just the 4-function
models and those that add a few
more features such as percentage
and square root. However, that is
not a problem since we only require
a cheap model.
The basic principle of the Map
Reader is to make use of the constant function. We enter the scale
factor of the map concerned and
then run the guide wheel over the
map. As the guide wheel rotates it
Construction of the Map Reader
is in two phases. First, the Map
Reader unit must be made and then
the connections made inside the
calculator .
The Map Reader unit consists of
a small printed circuit board (PCB)
which carries the LED, phototransistor, interrupter wheel, pushbutton switch and double AA cell
holder. The PCB measures 107 x
30mm and is coded SC 08103891.
The first step is to make the interrupter assembly. The guide wheel
we used was actually a 25mm
diameter " servo horn" which can
be obtained from most radio control
hobby shops. Eight equally spaced
1.6mm holes (1116th inch) were
drilled into this wheel at a radius of
7.5mm from the centre.
Once all eight holes are drilled
they should be deburred with a
This is the guide wheel after it has
been drilled. We used a 25mm
diameter "servo horn" which is
normally used in radio controlled
models. It can be obtained from any
hobby store.
This view of the board shows the LED
and phototransistor before the guide
wheel is installed. We had to cut
away the plastic bezel surround for
the phototransistor to allow the guide
wheel to rotate freely.
This edge-wise view of the board
shows how the guide wheel is
installed. Make sure that the LED is
accurately positioned over the holes
in the guide wheel.
Fig.2: wiring layout for the printed board. The dual AA cell holder is glued
onto the board.
already have on hand. The only requirement is that it must have a
"constant" function.
The constant function
MARCH 1989
65
This photo shows the Map Reader before the board and battery holder is wrapped in electrical insulation tape.
The insulation tape prevents your skin resistance from degrading the operation of the phototransistor.
large drill, to clean them up.
The next step is to mount and
solder the phototransistor on the
board. It should be pushed down on
the board as far as it will go. That
done, a plastic ring from a standard
5mm LED bezel should be fitted
over the phototransistor and
cemented into place with 5-minute
epoxy or superglue. The plastic ring
acts as a light shield for the
phototransistor, to minimise the effect of ambient light.
The guide wheel must now be fitted as close to the top of the bezel
ring as possible while still allowing
the wheel to rotate freely. We
mounted the wheel using a 12mm
long screw, two nuts and a
lockwasher. With the wheel in
place, the LED is mounted so that it
shines directly on the phototransistor. The photos show how the
assembly goes together.
The double AA cell holder was
glued to the printed board using
superglue. We then connected it by
soldering the two connectors to two
PC pins on the board. With hindsight, this method can be improved
upon. Instead of using PC pins, we
suggest using a standard battery
snap connector. The leads from the
connector can then be shortened
back and soldered directly to the
appropriate pads on the PC board.
66
SILICON CHIP
A 2700 resistor is required for
current limiting to the LED and a
momentary contact pushbutton
closes the circuit when using the
Map Reader.
When the assembly is complete,
you can check it with your
multimeter, switched to a low Ohms
range. Connect your multimeter
across the relevant two pins on the
Two connections need to be made to
the calculator's printed circuit board.
These are the connections for the
" = " key on the particular Tandy
calculator we used.
PC board and rotate the interrupter
wheel slowly. The multimeter
should alternately show high and
low resistance (close to zero ohns}
as the phototransistor turns on and
off.
Connecting the calculator
Some skill is required to connect
up the wires from the Map Reader
to the calculator. Remove the back
of the calculator after noting the
location of the "=" button. The
back may need to be carefully prised off with a small flat blade
screwdriver as there are usually a
couple of plastic 'clips' holding it in
position.
This operation is best done with
the calculator face down to prevent
all the buttons from falling out if
they happen to be loose on the
inside.
Once you have the back off the
calculator, you will be faced with a
myriad of razor thin tracks and
pads all terminating at a square LSI
chip in the centre. The pads will
usually be covered with a protective coating to prevent the copper
track underneath from corroding.
Locating the two pads for the
"=" button can be a tricky affair.
If it is not obvious you may have to
lift up the PC board retaining the
keys in place and trace the tracks
under the rubber mat.
This may mean carefully cutting
away plastic rivets from the top
surface of the PC board. You will
see tracks intermeshed together
where they can be bridged by the
conductive rubber mat. You should
follow the two tracks corresponding to the " = " button to a pad,
and if there is a corresponding pad
on the opposite side of the PC board
it usually means that they are
plated through at that point.
Mark this pad and do the same
for the other track before carefully
sandwiching everything back together again.
Scrape away the protective
coating from the two selected pads
until the exposed copper is shiny.
Now carefully tin these pads with a
small amount of solder. You can
test this pick off point by performing a calculation and shorting these
pads together in place of the " = "
keystroke.
Solder two wires about 40cm in
length to these pads. A length of
miniature ribbon cable will be ideal
for the purpose. Now check that
you can perform the function of the
" = " button by shorting the free
ends of the wires together. You also
need to check which wire from the
calculator is positive. You can do
this by switching your multimeter to
a low DC voltage range and measuring across the two leads while the
calculator is turned on. The voltage
reading will typically be about
0.5V.
Actually the voltage across the
key contacts is a constant series of
narrow pulses. This corresponds to
the process whereby each key is
"strobed" by the calculator chip to
see if any button has been pressed.
The frequency of this pulse train
and the response time of the liquid
crystal display limits the rate at
which the buttons can be pressed
and still register.
With most calculators we have
found that a practical limit is about
four or five closures per second.
This is quite adequate for this
project.
Before closing the calculator up
again you should cut a small slot into the side of the case to give
clearance for the two wires. You
can then solder the leads from the
calculator to the two pins on the
PCB. Make sure that you have the
positive wire connected to the collector of the phototransistor.
Test that all is well by turning the
calculator on and setting up the
constant function as described
before. Make sure this is working
by pressing the "equals" button a
few times, then switch on the LED
and slowly rotate the guide wheel.
You should see the readout value
increment as each hole passes
under the LED.
Finally, we suggest you wrap the
whole board and battery assembly
with electrical insulation tape.
Make sure you cover all the PC copper pattern with tape. The tape will
not only hold the batteries securely
in place but will stop any leakage
from skin contact on the board from
degrading the operation of the
phototransistor.
Reading maps
Now that the Map Reader is functioning you'll want to go places. To
use the device yo_u 'll first have to
set up a scale factor on your
calculator. Do this by pressing "1"
followed by " + " and " = " then
press the LED button and run the
guide wheel over the scale. Subtract 1 from the readout and take
note of the value.
The scale on your map may read
from O to 10km. If this is the case
0
0
08103891
Fig.3: this is the full size artwork for the printed board.
PARTS LIST
1 PCB board, code
SC08103891, 107 x 30mm
1 dual AA cell holder (Tandy
Cat. 270-382, Jaycar Cat.
PH-9202)
1 battery snap connector
2 AA-size 1 . 5V cells
1 25mm diameter servo horn
(available from hobby stores)
1 SPST pushbutton switch
(DSE Cat. S-1201)
2 PC board pins
1 1 2mm x 3mm machine screw
2 3mm spring washers
2 3mm nuts
1 pocket calculator (Tandy Cat.
65-563 or similar)
Semiconductors
1 MEL 1 2 photodarlington
transistor
high efficiency red LED
2700 0 .25W carbon resistor
Miscellaneous
Superglue or 5-minute epoxy,
electrical insulation tape , 40cm
of light duty figure-8 (rainbow)
cable, sleeving (for LED leads).
then you must divide 10 by the scale
factor just noted. Likewise if the
scale is from O to 5km then divide 5
by the scale factor. To make things
easy, consider the result if your
map scale was 10km long and when
you ran the Map Reader over the
scale you get a scale factor of 10.
Now let's suppose that you run
the Map Reader guide wheel along
a route on your map and get a
result of 47 [after subtracting the
initial value of 1 loaded into the
calculator). To obtain the length of
the route you then multiply the
value of 47 by the length of the
scale (10) and divide it by the scale
factor (also 10). This then gives a
result of 4 7km.
Naturally, each time you read a
different map you will have to work
out the scale factor as described
above . And you must always
remember to subtract the initial '1'
loaded into the calculator to obtain
the "constant addition" function.
For best results, do not use the
Map Reader in bright sunlight as
high ambient lighting can stop the
phototransistor from working
properly.
:lb
MARCH 1989
67
AMATEUR RADIO
By GARRY CRATT, VK2YBX
Build a simple VHF FM
•
monitor receiver,
Pt.2
Last month we described the operation of our
simple VHF FM monitor receiver. This month we
cover construction and alignment of the unit.
The basic configuration of the
MC3362 was covered in last
month's article, so we will discuss
the additional circuitry here. We
found that the receiver produced
reasonable sensitivity without the
suggested external BFR91 broadband amplifier shown last month,
so this has been deleted as an unnecessary complication. As it
stands, the receiver gives quite
reasonable sensitivity (in the order
of several microvolts).
An LM386 audio amplifier was
used to produce adequate volume
levels for normal listening conditions. The squelch is configured so
that the DC output from pin 11 of
the MC3362 is used to bias the
audio amplifier off when no signal
is being received. This also
minimises the current drawn by the
receiver when no signal is being
received, an important point to con-
sider if the receiver is to be run
from batteries in a portable,
application.
Construction
The first prototype receiver was
built on a single sided circuit board
but we subsequently designed a
double-sided PCB (using a groundplane on the component side) for
additional stability. The board
measures 108 x 55mm and is coded
SC 06103891.
Normal RF contruction techniques apply. Basically the most important thing is to keep component
leads as short as possible. This
The parts are all mounted on a small double-side printed circuit board. Note that where the ground plane comes right
up to the edge of a hole, the component lead must be soldered on both sides of the board.
68
SILICON CHIP
ANTENNA
J
C2
100pF
lOOpF
23
C3
120pF
VC1
2-20pF
TUNING
VR3
50k
C9
ClO
.01~.1
~
.,..
C23
+
10
25VW+
C21
CfJ
+
01
- 116VW+
C20I
0.1
R3
47k
22
Fll
C24
27pF
455kHz
FILTER
L3
21
19
ICl
MC3362
FL2
10.7MHz
FILTER
18
17
SQUELCH
VRl
200k
10
A0JUST~NJv-......--WfH,----"'t
C11I
0.1
C12
.047+
R9
100
C7
0.1
11
455kHz
QUADRATURE
COIL
13
12
24
CB
.01:t
16
.,..
SQUELCH
R5
2.2k
C16
+
100
25VWJ
R6
22k
C19
220
16VW
+)
VOLUME
VR2
10k LOG
':'
L1 : 4T, 25B&S ECW ON 4mm FORMER
L3 : 21, 258&S ECW ON 6mm FORMER
C18
.047
1
BO
SPEAKER
RlO
10[!
-
NARROW BAND FM RECEIVER
Fig.1: the circuit is based on the Motorola MC3362 (IC1) which is virtually a complete narrowband FM receiver on a
single chip. L3 and C24 set the frequency band while the output (at pin 13) drives an LM386 audio amplifier (IC2).
means that all capacitors, resistors
and transistors should be pushed
down close to the board before
soldering the leads.
Fig.2 shows the parts layout on
the PCB. Begin construction by installing all the resistors, working
down the parts list from Rl to Rll.
Bend the component leads against
the copper side of the circuit board
so that the components don't fall
out of the PCB when it is turned upside down for soldering. Solder the
resistor leads, then trim the excess
lead lengths with a pair of side
cutters.
After soldering the resistors, proceed to the capacitors, working
through the parts list from Cl to
C23. It is a good idea to cross the
components off the parts list as
they are installed, so that nothing is
missed during construction.
Make sure that you install all the
electrolytic capacitors with correct
polarity. If you don't do this correctly, circuit damage can result.
For example, on one of the prototype receivers the 220µ,F capacitor was installed incorrectly.
When powered up, the reverse
voltage across the capacitor caused
it to go short circuit. This caused
pin 5 of IC2 to deliver about 6 volts
DC (about half the available supply
voltage) to the speaker and consequently the IC blew its top.
Learn by our mistake - put the
capacitors in the right way around.
At this stage the trimpots for
squelch (VRl) and volume (VR2) can
be installed, as can the two IF
filters (10.7MHz and 455kHz) and
the 10.245MHz crystal. Be careful
not to use excessive heat when
soldering the crystal, as the body of
the crystal will be close to the tip of
the soldering iron when soldering
the leads.
The next step is to install the
semiconductors. Ensure that the
ICs are oriented correctly before
you start soldering the pins. We do
not recommend the use of IC
sockets in the receiver as they can
be unreliable. They also add stray
capacitance and inductance to
every IC pin and this can prejudice
operation at very high frequencies
(VHF).
So be careful to install the ICs
correctly the first time - desoldering all those IC pins can be a pain
and can render the ICs unusable.
Note that where component leads
are connected to earth, they should
be soldered on both sides of the
PCB. This applies to the GND terminal of the 3-terminal regulator,
pin 16 of ICl, pin 2 of IC2 and to
quite a few of the resistors and
capacitors.
The only components requiring
any degree of preparation prior to
installation on the PCB are the input coil Ll and the tank coil 13.
11 is made by winding four turns
of 25 B&S tinned copper wire
(TCW) or enamelled copper wire
(ECW) on a 3.5mm former. After
winding, stretch the coil as shown
MARCH 1989
69
VR3
PARTS LIST
X1 - 10.245MHz crystal
FL 1 - 455kHz ceramic filter
(Murata SFB-455)
FL2 - 10. 7MHz ceramic filter
or crystal
Semiconductors
IC1 - MC3362 narrowband FM
receiver
IC2 - LM386 audio amplifier
IC3 - 7805 +5V 3-terminal
regulator
Inductors
L 1 - 4 turns 25B&S tinned
copper wire x 3.5mm dia.
L2 - 455kHz coil (from DSE
L-2060 coil pack)
L3 - 2 turns 25B&S tinned
copper wire x 6mm dia.
Capacitors
C1 ,C2 - 1 00pF ceramic
C3 - 120pF ceramic
C4 - 56pF ceramic
C5,C6,C7 ,C11,C20,C21 0 .1 µF monolithic
C8,C9 - .01 µF ceramic
C10 - 0 .1µF ceramic or
metallised polyester
C12,C 14 ,C18 - .047µF
ceramic
C13 - .01 µF ceramic or
metallised polyester
C15 - 2.2µF 16VW electro
C16 - 1 00µF 25VW electro
C17 - 1 0µF tantalum
C22,C23 - 1 0µF 16VW
electro
C19 - 220µF 16VW electro
C24 - 27pF (depends on
frequency band)
VC1 - 2-20pF trimmer
Resistors
R1 - 1kn
R2 - 68kn
R3 - 47kn
R4 - 18kn
R5 - 2 .2kn
R6 - 22kn
R7 - 1 0kn
R8 - 56kn
R9,R1 o - 1 on
R11 - 3 .3kn
Potentiometers
VR1 - 200kn miniature trimpot,
horizontal mount (squelch)
VR2 - 1 0k0 miniature trimpot,
horizontal mount (volume)
VR3 - 50k0 multiturn
potentiometer (tuning)
Miscellaneous
1 x PCB (code SC06103891,
108 x 53mm) , 1 x 8-ohm
loudspeaker , 1 x 9V DC
plugpack supply, 1 x case to suit.
70
SILICON CHIP
J~
~L1
~
C2
VC1~ec::>41
Fig.2: wire up the PCB as shown in this parts layout diagram. Keep all
component leads as short as possible and don't forget to solder to both sides
of the PCB where appropriate (note: ground plane not shown).
in the photograph so that there is a
3mm gap between windings. The
l00pF input capacitor (Cl) is connected 1-1/2 turns from the C2 end
of Ll.
If using enamelled copper wire it
will be necessary to scrape the
enamel from both ends of the coil
and pre-tin the leads prior to insertion into the circuit board.
13 is made by winding two turns
of wire on a 6mm former. Once
again, 25 B&S wire should be used
although the gauge is not critical as
we will be stretching the coil
mechanically to set up the frequen-
cy coverage required.
The tuning control is a multi-turn
5okn potentiometer which is
specified for ease of tuning.
Because the tank circuit operates
directly at VHF, the varicap tuning
voltage is quite sensitive to adjust.
Note that any drift of the tank frequency with temperature will
cause a change in operating fr equency. This can only be compensated for by changing the tuning
voltage, via the tuning control.
In fact , to tune over the entire
2-metre amateur band requires a
change of only 2V (from 2V to 4V)
Where to buy the parts
The 10.245 MHz crystal can be
obtained from HY-Q Crystals, 1
Rosella St, Frankston, 3199 .
Phone (03) 783 9611 . It is also
used in many Dick Smith Electronics kits and may be available
through their stores.
The SFB-455 455kHz ceramic
filter is available from Dauner Electronics, 51 Georges Crescent,
Georges Hall , NSW 2198. Phone
(02) 724 6982. It is listed in the
current Murata catalog (Murata
components are handled by IRH
Components, phone 02 648
5455). Other types can be used if
the pin configuration is modified .
The 10.7MHz filter can be either
a crystal type (available from HY-Q
Crystals or DSE) or a ceramic type
which could even be salvaged
from a surplus cordless telephone
or other communications equipment. They are also available from
Murata distributors.
The MC3362 is available from
VSI Electronics in Sydney phone (02) 439 8622.
The 50k0 1 0-turn potentiometer
is available from Geoff Wood Electronics (phone 02 427 1676) or
David Reid Electronics (phone 02
267 1385).
The 455kHz quadrature coil
came from a DSE " IF coil pack" ,
Cat. L 0260.
Circuit Notebook
continued from page 33
L3 is made by winding two turns of tinned copper wire on a 6mm former. The
band of operation is set by squeezing or expanding L3.
The input coil L1 is made by winding four turns of tinned copper wire on a
3.5mm former. Note the location of the 100pF input capacitor (Cl).
on pin 23 of IC1. And to change the
tuning by 600kHz (the difference
between input and output of a
repeater) requires very little
change in tuning volts. For this
reason a standard single-turn pot is
not practical - you must use a
multi-turn control.
The tuning control itself should
be located away from the circuit
board, so that the capacitance of
the user's hand when tuning the
receiver does not affect the tank
frequency. Because the tuning control carries only DC, ribbon cable
can be used to connect it to the circuit board.
An alternative would be to
crystal lock the receiver by using
an external overtone oscillator fed
to pins 21 & 22. Motorola mention in
their data sheet that a level of
around 100mV is required for this
style of operation.
Power up
Because the unit has its own 5V
regulator, the receiver can be run
from virtually any DC source over 7
volts or so. Normally this would be
either a 9V or 12V battery, or a
9-12V power supply.
If you have a power supply with
current limiting, it is wise to set the
limit as low as possible to ensure
that there are no unexpected
fireworks when power is first applied. A correctly assembled
receiver will draw less than 20mA
from a 12V source.
+ 3.6V and hence by Ohm's law
the current through this
resistor and Q2 is about 1.6
mA. The output voltage at the
collector of Q2 will then be a little above the emitter voltage.
Now if we increase the input
voltage above 5V, Ql will begin
to conduct. This lowers the
voltage at the base of Q2, thus
decreasing the current flowing
through this transistor. However, the current through Ql increases so that the total current flowing through the emitter resistor is almost constant.
Increasing the input voltage
further will cause Ql to switch
on harder and this in turn will
switch Q2 off as the voltage at
the collector of Ql rapidly
diminishes. Further increase in
the input voltage will cause the
emitter voltage to rise, cutting
off Q2 even further. The output
voltage will now be around the
supply voltage.
If we now decrease the input
voltage, we find that Ql does
not begin to turn off until the input voltage is around 4.5V.
When Ql begins to switch off,
it's collector voltage rises and
this in turn switches Q2 on.
The loop gain of the circuit
can be altered by varying the
emitter resistance. Decreasing
this to around 6800 from 2.7k0
will make the loop gain equal to
unity. This eliminates the
hysteresis (and defeats the purpose of this circuit), so the circuit behaves like a normal buffer. Increasing this resistance
will have an opposite effect.
The addition of a O. lµF
capacitor between the collector
of Ql and the base of QZ will
allow enhanced operation at
higher frequencies.
If the input of the circuit is to
be direct coupled to a stage
which also operates from a 9V
supply, the two 22kn input bias
resistors may be omitted.
Malcolm Young,
SILICON CHIP.
MARCH 1989
71
Assuming that you have checked
the component placement and
found no errors, power may be applied. Check initially that the current drawn is not excessive and
that the receiver generates white
noise or "hash". You should also
check that the squelch control
(VRl) operates correctly; turning it
anticlockwise should mute the
receiver. Check the volume control
trimpot (VR2) too; rotating it
clockwise should cause an increase
in audio level.
If a signal generator is available,
it should be set to the desired
frequency of operation and at a
reasonable output level [say 100µ V)
to make identification of the signal
reasonably easy. If no signal
generator is available, connect a
suitable VHF antenna to the
receiver, so that the local VHF
repeater or beacon can be utilised.
Once a suitable signal is available the receiver can be tuned by
squeezing or expanding the tank
coil to shorten or lengthen it. This
varies the inductance and hence
the tank resonant frequency. If you
have access to a spectrum
analyser, it is simple to check the
actual tank frequency, which will
be 10.7MHz above the desired input
frequency.
This could also be checked by using a sniffer probe hooked up to a
frequency meter. It may also be
helpful at this stage to replace C24
with a 2-20pF trimmer to allow
greater flexibility in setting the correct tuning range.
Once a signal has been located,
peak 12 [the 455kHz quadrature
coil) for maximum audio output. In
fact, this can be done without any
input signal - you simply adjust 12
for maximum receiver noise. The
only other adjustment is to peak the
VCl input trimmer for maximum
quieting using a suitable off-air
signal.
Fig.3: here are the actual size patterns for the printed circuit board.
The ground plane (bottom) ensures receiver stability.
Alternatively, a simple discone
antenna will provide good results
on a far wider range of frequencies. The frequency coverage of the
receiver is not limited to the
2-metre amateur band and it can be
successfully used on the VHF
marine band, paging frequencies
and VHF commercial frequencies.
Footnote
The purpose of presenting this
project is to stimulate active experimentation on the amateur
bands. Obviously, a receiver of this
simplicity will not perform as well
as a $1000 2-metre transceiver.
However , it does show that
reasonable performance is available at very modest cost.
No doubt amateurs will develop
improvements to this circuit that
will make it easier for others to
build. We welcome comments on
these projects and will endeavour
to incorporate suggestions in future
articles. Now who will be first to
produce the 6-metre version?
~
Antennas
You will find that the receiver
performs quite well with just a
single piece of hookup wire connected to the input capacitor. The
tap on the input coil ensures that a
reasonably close match to 50 ohms
is available if using a 2-metre
antenna having coaxial feed.
72
SILICON CHIP
RCS Radio Pty Ltd is the only company which
manufactures and sells every PCB & front panel
published in SILICON CHIP, ETI and EA.
651 Forest Road, Bexley, NSW 2207
Phone (02) 587 3491 for instant prices
4-HOUR TURNAROUND SERVICE
RECHARGEABLE12V
1 ·2AH GELL BATTERY
"NO BRAND"
DISKS
QUALITY
JAPANESE DRIVES!!
5¼" 360K DRIVE
• SOOK unformatted ,
• IBM· xr compatible
Cat.C11901
....... .. . $239
5¼" 720K DRIVE
• 1 M/Byte unformatted
• IBM• Ar compatible
Now you can buy absolute top quality
disks that are probably the cheapest
in Australia! They even com e with a
lifetime warranty! So why pay 2-3
times the price for the same quality?
Packs of 10, 2S/2D without box es,
or brand name, just their white paper
jacket , and index labels.
(5 ¼" disks includes write protects).
Cat.C11906 ... ....... $269
5¼" 2S/2D DISKS
3½" 1 ·44 M/BYTE DRIVE
$6·95°· $6·75°" $6·50""
tO+ OISKS
.. .. $225
RITRONICS WHOLESALE ,
56 Renver Road , Clayton.
Phone : (03) 543 2166 (3 lines)
Fax (03) 543 2648
SYDNEY: 7 4 Parramatta Rd.
Stanmore. 2048.
Phone (02) 519 3134
Fax (02) 519 3868
Cat. M19010 ...... $36.95
NEWLM12CLK
150W OP AMP ... ......... .. $39.95
SP0256 SPEECH CHIP
$21.95
t.OOO+OISKS
$21 ea
(DOUBLE SIDED)
tOO +OISKS
1.000- 0ISKS
$20••
LOW PROFILE
IC SOCKETS
$19°"
(ALL PRICES PER 10 DI SKS)
3½" 2S/2D DISKS
lo&}Yliii~
Suitable for IBM, PS/2, Macintos h.
Atari, etc.
$21
DELUXE
BINDING POSTS
HALF PRICE!!
(PRICE PER 10 DISKS)
... . .,. . . . . .
R0DIRVING
ELEOR0NICS
All sales tax exempt orders and
wholesale inquiries to:
$12.95
4164-12 ........... $5.95 $5.50
41256--12 ......... $19.95 $19.50
27C64 .............. $4.20 $3.95
27C128 ............ $6.95 $6.50
27C256 ............ $7 .20 $6. 70
27C512 ............ $17.50 $17.00
5¼" HIGH DENSITY
tO+OISKS
CONTROLLER CARD TO SUIT
X18009
.... ..... $139
---·. ·. ·
.·r· ·.1,pi:•e·
$13.95
1 AMP POWER PACK
• 240V AC to 6/7.5/9/ 12V DC
• Ideal for workshop
• DC connections via unique multi
plug adaptor system
• Sizes: 2.5, 3.5mm phone and
2.1, 2.5mm DC plug
• Cord 1.6 metre long
SEMICONDUCTORS!
ALWAYS CHECK OUR PRICES
BEFORE YOU BUY'
1-9
10+
(ALL PRICES PER t O DISKS)
• Swilfhable 1·44 M/Byte formatted
or 720K formatted
• Double sided, double density
• 5¼" mounted
Cat. C11911
100,0ISKS
Leakproof, long service life batteries
ideal for security systems,
emergency lighting or as a computer
backup power supply, etc.
Cat. S15029 .... Normally $19.95
1-9
10 +
~
~~ii~
POWER ADAPTORS
12V DC FANS
80 x 80 x 25·4mm
12V DC, 1·7 Watt, 0·14 Amps
T12469
...................... $12.95
10 + fans only $11.95 each
PIEZOSIREN
• 4 piezo units in a high impact
plastic cabinet
• Input 12V DC - 200mA
• Output 115dB at 1m, dual tone
• Compact size 105 x 85 x 45mm
• Smart design suits interior use
Cat. 815071 ....... $24.95
BALL BEARING FANS
Quality, new ball bearing fans
suitable for power amps, computers,
hotspot cooling etc. Anywhere you
need plenty of air!
240V 45/a"
T1 2464 $14.95
10+ fans only $13.95 each
P10263Green
P10264Red
P10265 Black
1-9
P10266Yellow
P10267White
P10268 Blue
10 plus
$0.60
$0.55
Save a small fortune on these
" Direct Import" low profile IC
sockets! PCB mounting solder tail.
All tin plated phosphor bronze
or berryllium and dual wipe for
reliability .
Cat.No.
Description 1·9
........ $0.20
.. ...... $0.25
..... ... $0.35
........ $0.40
..... ... $0.40
.... .... $0.40
.... .... $0.40
........ $0.50
.. .. ... . $0.50
P10550
P10560
P10565
P10567
P10568
P10569
P10570
P10572
P10575
8 pin
14 pin
16 pin
18 pin
20 pin
22 pin
24 pin
28 pin
40 pin
~§ -
4 RCA plugs to 4 RCA plugs
Flat shielded cable
Length 1·2 metres
P32108 ... ···· ....... .. $6.95
MELBOURNE: 48 A 'Beckett St.
Phone (03) 6636151
NORTHCOTE: 425 High St.
INSULATION
DISPLACEMENT TYPE
HEADER PLUGS
Gold plated ribbon cable plug that
plugs directly into PCB mounting IC
sockets. All include press-fit cap
:~~ f~~~~~o bottom half of plug over
Cat.No. Description 1-9
P1211414pin ........ $1.50
P12116 16 pin ... ..... $1.60
P12124 24pin ....... . $2.95
P12140 40 pin .... .... $5.95
Phone (03) 489 8866
CLAYTON: 56 Renver Rd.
Phone (03) 543 7877
MAIL ORDER&
CORRESPONDENCE:
10+
$0.15
$0.20
$0.20
$0.30
$0.30
$0.30
$0.30
$0.40
$0.40
10 +
$1.40
$1.50
$2.75
$5.75
IEC MAINS LEAD
3 pin mains plug to 3 pin IEC plug.
1·8 metres long.
P.O . Box 620, CLAYTON 3168
Order Hotline : 008 33 5757
(Toll free , strictly orders only)
Inquiries: (03) 543 7877
Telex : AA 151938
Fax : (03) 543 2648
P10252 .. .... .... .... .. $5.95
ECONOMY ANTISTATIC
SOLDER SUCKER
ORDER HOTLINE
008335757
(TOLL FREEJ
•
•
•
•
Light weight
Sturdy construction
Easy to remove tip
Excellent value for money'
Cat. T11281 ....... $13.95
STRICTLY ORDERS ONLY
LOCAL ORDERS & INQUIRIES
(03) 543 7877
POSTAGE RATES:
$1 - $9.99 ....................... $2.00
$10 - $24.99
... $3.00
$25 - $49.99
. $4.00
$50 - $99.99 .................. . $5.00
$100 plus ........................ $7.50
The above postage rates are for
basic postage only. Road Freight,
bulky and fragile items will be
charged at different rates.
Errors and omissions excepted.
Prices and specifications subject to
change.
IBM" . PC", XT' . AT' . are reg1slored lrademarksol
International Business Machines •Apple IS a
regislered trademark
·oenotes registered
tradma.rk s ol their respective owners
[EB]
UV EPROM ERASER
Erase your EPROMs quickly and
safely. This unit is the cost effective
solution to your problems. It will
erase up to 9 x 24 pin devices in
complete safety, in about 40
minutes (less time for less chips).
High UV intensity at chip surface
ensures EPROMS are thoroughly
erased.
(Dimensions 217 x 80 x 68mm)
WITHOUT TIMER
Cat. X14950 ........ . Normally $97
Special, $79
WITH BUilT-IN TIMER
VIS4
Cat. X14955 .. ..................... $139
Special, $99
PORTASOL
PROFESSIONAL
AEROSOL VE
SPRAYPACKS
PCB Coating ' 201 '
Cat.Nl 1040 ............... .... $6.95
Freezing Spray '202'
Cat.N11042
$6.95
Insulating Varnish '203'
Cat.N11043 ..... ..... .. ....... $7.95
Electric Motor Cleaner '204'
Cat.Nl 1044
......... $6.95
Electronic Super Clean ' 205'
Cat.Nl 1047 (Freon) .
$7.50
Flux Remover '206'
Cat.Nl 1049
.... ... .. $6.95
Elec Contact Cleaner & Lube '207'
Cat.N11051
$5.95
Silver Cote '208.
Cat. N11054 ................... $6.95
Formula "66" '535'
Cat.N11057 .................. . $5.95
Clear Coat Plastic Spray '540'
Cat.N11059 ................ .. . $6.95
• Four tools in one: Blow Torch ,
Hot Blow, Hot Knife
• No Cords or batteries
• Heavy duty, tip temperature
adjustable up to 400°C.
• Equivalent to 10-60 watts
• Hard working. Average continuous
use 90 minute
• Refills in seconds
•
• Powered by standard butane gas
lighter fuel
• Range of easily replaceable
screw tips included
• Includes metal stand for the
soldering iron when working
• Cap features built-in flint for
igniting Portasol tip
• Includes snap case for storage
Cat. T12639 ....... $89.95
PORTASOL
PROFESSIONAL
TIPS
4·8mm (TI 2610) .. ......... ..
3•2mm (T12612)
2·4mm (T12614)
1·0mm(T12616) .. ....... ..
$12.50
$12.50
$12.50
$12.50
METEX M-3650
MULTIMETER
20A, 311.z digit frequency counter
multimeter with capacitance
meter and transistor tester.
Features include a frequency
counter (to 200kHz) , diode and
transistor test, continuity (with
buzzer), capacitance meter, up to
20 amp current measurement.
CHECK THESE FEATURES ....
• Audible continuity test
• Transistor test
• Diode test
• Quality probes
• 1k" High contrast LCD.
• Full overload protection
•20Amp
• Built in tilting bail
• Capacitance meter
• Instruction manual
091550 .
Normally $165
Special, only $129
-
THE WAY I SEE IT
By NEVILLE WILLIAMS
"Spycatcher": do Wright's
electronics bear scrutiny?
As a former Assistant Director of Ml5, Peter
Wright had a story to tell which the British
Government tried desperately to suppress. But
according to one informed critic, official concern
may well have been misplaced, because the main
effect of one section of the book, dealing with
electronic surveillance, is to undermine the
author's own credibility.
In the normal course of events, I
might not have given much thought
to a book about the devious goingson in Britain's Ml5 and M16 intelligence organisations. Controversial though the matter may be, it is
not one on which the average
reader can bring informed judgment to bear. So why get involved?
As it happens, however, the book
was the subject of comment by
British technical writer, Barry Fox,
in "New Scientist" for October 22
last. Under the title "The Wright
Stuff?", Barry Fox professed to be
bewildered by the science of
"Spycatcher".
He pointed out that, far from being a mere administrator, Peter
Wright professes a high level of
expertise in wireless/radio technology, mainly as applied to the
theory and practice of electronic
surveillance and bugging.
But despite this, various terms
and expressions in the text were
said by Barry Fox to be totally uncharacteristic of a writer with a
technical background. Moreover,
some of the explanations were so
garbled that they conveyed little,
even to an informed reader.
74
SILICON CHIP
As a technical writer and editor
from way back, I am certainly well
aware of the sort of thing that
Barry Fox is complaining about.
Like most other specialist skills,
electronics has its own vocabulary,
expressions and conventions which
become as much a part of those involved as their own mother tongue.
In any technical text, inappropriate
terminology, disregard for conventions and glib but inaccurate explanations are all indicators that
the writer is out of his/her technical
depth.
As examples of Wright's alleged
lapses in this general area, Fox
mentions:
• The author's use of "MH" and
''megacycles' ' when he presumably
means "MHz".
• In the context of bugging, using
small parabolic objects irradiated
by microwaves, "he muddles
together the behaviour of sound
and microwave radio signals" to
the point where the explanation is
"extraordinarily confusing".
• When M16 interrogated double
agent Kim Philby, they borrowed a
high quality microphone from the
BBC, hid it under a floorboard, fed
the signal down a phone line and
recorded the interview on dicta phone cylinders and acetate
discs. Why the complex and rather
odd procedures when Philby would
have been well aware that such an
interrogation would be recorded?
• Wright apparently spent years
working on a system called "MOP"
which allowed DC to be fed down
an audio pair to power a remote
device. He seemed totally unaware
that "phantom powering" is about
as old as the telephone!
• To make more sense of a covert
(presumably mono) recording containing a babble of voices, Wright
resorted to listening to the tape on a
machine having two staggered
heads. Wright does not explain how
the echo effect so produced made
"even the worst tapes much easier
to understand", nor could Barry
Fox find any support for this claim.
• Wright claims to have developed techniques for identifying the
frequencies being monitored by
consulates by detecting signals being radiated by the receiver
oscillators. He appears to be
unaware that, in the 1930s, the
British Post Office was using vans
equipped with special receivers
and directional aerials to track
down unlicensed radio sets, by
monitoring oscillator radiation.
Based on these and other such
observations, Barry Fox is led to
speculate whether Peter Wright
was over-estimating his own
abilities or fantasising over his past
career; or whether, in the context
of prevailing secrecy, he was able
to out-talk his technically uninformed superiors.
Still further questions
Although Barry Fox did not
labour the point, the inference was
clear enough: if, for whatever
reason, the author's account of his
technical activities is open to question, might it not be that other
aspects of the text would need to be
discounted?
But then again, if the text was so
transparently flawed, why all the
costly and futile effort on the part
of the British Government to have
the book banned?
Somewhat intrigued by all this, I
sought out a copy of "Spycatcher"
a few weeks later when I was on
holiday on the north coast, with
time to spare.
I didn't need to read far to encounter the sort of thing Barry Fox
had been complaining about and to
register that, at the very least, the
services of a good technical subeditor would have helped.
On page 8, for example, Peter
Wright credits his father with being
joint developer of a "vacuum"
receiver - a term that would appear to fall awkwardly between
"valve" (British) and "vacuum
tube'' (American) terminology.
On page 10, Wright tells how his
father spent hours explaining
crystals and valves and showing
him how to "delicately turn the
dials of a set so that the random
static suddenly became a clear
signal".
To my mind, both pars bear the
stamp of a non-technical writer possibly Peter Wright's co-author
Paul Greengrass. But why weren't
they tidied up at the proof stage?
I'm not sure who wrote the story
on " the thing" on pages 18-20
relating to a listening device
secreted in the Great Seal behind
the Ambassador's chair in the US
embassy in Moscow. Wright says
that the Americans finally submitted the device to him to determine
how it worked - which he managed to do some weeks later.
But his explanation leaves much
to be desired and I'm quite certain
that in the past, if someone had submitted it to me for publication, it
would have been returned to the
author for clarification.
In this instance, the authors
would not have been inhibited by
security, because it happened in
1951 and involved a device designed and installed by the Russians,
who both Ml5 and Ml6 obviously
saw as their ever-present threat.
Glaqcing back over my notes,
scribbled as I read, I was reminded
9f other questions that could
reasonably be put to the authors:
• Page 63: how a new "thin"
cable, to be buried in masonary,
"gave off far less electromagnetic
emission". I would have thought
that electromagnetic emission was
a function of the current flow
rather than of conductor dimensions.
• Page 91: how the local oscillator
in a superhet "always radiates
sound waves as it operates". In
fact, the oscillator of a traditional
superhet radiates an RF signal,
which may be rendered audible by
a heterodyne process in a surveillance receiver.
• Page 92: "Nothing happened.
The static hummed". I'm willing to
bet that that wasn't written by
someone with a technical background.
• Page 105: "We were careful to
use straight receivers for the
RAFTER operation, each operating
on a single megacycle frequency, so
there were no local oscillators on
our side" . That has to be the clumsiest reference yet to a TRF
receiver.
• Page 105: "The Russians used
large radio frequency amplifiers
with the HF receivers". "Large" or
high-gain?
"RAFTER" , by the way, was the
code name for a surveillance
technique said to have been devised
by Wright. While monitoring an
oscillator in an embassy receiver, a
powerful carrier was swept across
the band on which the receiver was
presumed to be operating. If the
carrier passed through the frequency to which the receiver was actually tuned, it would hopefully produce an overload condition or
otherwise disturb or modulate the
oscillator being monitored, sufficiently for the effect to be
apparent.
A different perspective
Discussion of surveillance is confined largely to the first third of the
Problems?
... and you
don't have our
.120page
catalogue . ..
At last . ..
a TRADE
catalogue for
the consumer
ARISTA ... your one-stop problem
solver. Video plugs and sockets ...
Video extension speakers . . . Video
flyleads ... Video RF interference
filters ... Video splitters . .. Indoor
antennas .. . Video switching units
. . . Down converters . .. Video
speaker controllers ... Video
camera lights .. . Video tape
rewinders ... Video cine adaptors
... Video head cleaners . . . Video
splicing kits .... Video storage
cases ... Video dust covers . . .
Video leads . .. Searl plug leads
... Video dubbing kits .. . Video
headphones ... Video shotgun and
wireless microphone systems .. .
Pre-amplifiers with video inputs . . .
Video camera stands ...
Just about anything
you want.
... Try us ... NOW!
Get your catalogue FREE
from your local ARISTA
dealer or send $2.50 P&H
and your return address to:
ARISTI\.
ELECTRONICS PTY LTD
PO BOX 191, LIDCOMBE, NSW 2141
MARCH 1989
75
THE WAY I SEE IT - CTD
book and it certainly presents electronic technology in what, for most
readers, will be a very different
perspective - even if the presentation leaves something to be desired.
Whether this last is due to the
passage of time, or inadequate subediting or, less charitably, to the
possibilities suggested by Barry
Fox, is open to debate. It may even
be that, shrouded in secrecy, the
technology of spying and countering
spies became stunted and isolated
from the real world.
The remainder of the book is
taken up with a discourse on (precomputer} data filing and cryptography and with the relentless
pursuit of undercover agentf such
as Philby, Burgess, Maclean, Blunt
and - according to Wright
Hollis. Some may find this interesting; others will not.
But, to get back to my earlier
question, why all the expensive effort to prevent publication?
It certainly could have had little
to do with the technical content,
which is "ancient history" from the
pre-digital era. Even at that time,
much of it would have been as accessible to the Russians as to the
British.
More likely, the legal action was
a knee-jerk response to a principle
- heightened by the fact that
Wright was a self-educated oddman-out who would predictably
present the British secret service in
an unflattering light: dominated by
"old-boy" and public service attitudes, inefficient and often grubby. Enough said!
Jump-starting cars
While there may be little in common between stopping Russian
spies and starting Australian cars,
that does happen to be the next subject on the list.
Scarcely had my last article been
fed down the line into the SILICON
CHIP modem than I was confronted
by a television advert that most
readers will probably have seen by
now - several times!
Worried about his very pregnant
wife, a husband pulls into the
driveway of his home and hurries
inside - leaving the car headlights
on. Around 3 G' clock the next morning she needs transport to hospital
but by now the battery is dead flat.
With commendable presence of
mind, the very pregnant wife lifts
the car bonnet, slides the switch on
the new Exide "Switch" battery
and tells her husband to start the
car. The engine responds immediately, she returns the switch to
its original position, closes the bonnet and off they go.
Pardon my bewilderment. Here
was a major manufacturer ostensibly providing an on-board standby
battery, using it to start the engine,
TO STARTER
CIRCUIT
JUMPER
CABLE
DONOR
BATTERY
TO VEHICLE
EARTH
DISCHARGED
BATTERY
4
-2~~=ENGINE BLOCK
OR CHASSIS
MAKE CERTAIN VEHICLES DO NOT TOUCH
From the Automotive Division of Pacific Dunlop Batteries, this
diagram summarises the four steps when jump-starting a stalled
vehicle. It applies for negative earth vehicles only, which must
not be in physical contact (see text).
76
SILICON CHIP
then apparently disconnecting it
and exposing the electronics to a
flat-battery situation, without a second thought.
As soon as practical, I got in
touch with Exide batteries and in
due course, found myself in conversation with Alan Hyde, National
Sales Manager for the parent company, Pacific Dunlop Batteries
in Sandringham, Victoria.
I explained about the article I
had just written and the possible
problems of jump-starting vehicles.
Based on my account of what the
article contained, Alan Hyde endorsed all that had been said and
indicated that his company was
about to release a brochure on the
subject entitled: "Jump Starting
Procedure".
He subsequently posted me a
draft of the text, which makes a
number of points additional to those
mentioned last month:
• Cars manufactured since 1971
normally have the negative battery
terminal grounded to chassis. In
earlier models, or where there is
any doubt, check to ensure that
neither of the vehicles has a
positive earth system.
• Where the discharged battery
has removeable filler tops, make
sure that they are firmly in place
before using the jumper leads. A
damp cloth draped over each battery will help confine explosive
gases; but keep the cloth clear of
moving parts!
• Switch off the ignition of both
vehicles, together with all electrical
equipment, before making the
jumper connections. Close all doors
and the boot lid to disconnect
courtesy lights.
• Many modern cars have electronic components which remain
active, even when the ignition
switch is off. It is essential in such
cases to use jumper leads which incorporate anti-surge circuitry. If in
doubt, take the precaution of checking with the vehicle manufacturer.
The diagram, as shown, indicates
the connection procedure recommended by Pacific Dunlop for
routine situations. The vital thing is
that connection (4), which closes
the jump circuit, should be made to
a part of the engine block remote
from the battery and fuel system.
The "Switch" battery
So what's the story behind the
Exide "Switch" battery? Fortunately, there is more to it than the simple "jump" start implied by the TV
advertisement.
The "Switch" is actually two batteries in one assembly, the main
unit being developed from the standard Exide PS500 - a design that
the manufacturer claims to have
half the warranty returns experienced by competitive Australian batteries.
The second or "reserve" section
has about one-quarter the capacity
of the main unit, but sufficient in
normal situations to ensure at least
24 routine starts.
With the switch in the "off" position, the main section functions as
an ordinary battery, maintained by
the normal charging circuit and
liable to being "flattened" if the
driver carelessly leaves the
headlights on, as per the TV advert.
The reserve section ls connected
internally to the main section by a
semiconductor diode such that,
while current can flow into the
reserve section from the charging
circuit, it cannot flow in the opposite direction into a load. The
reserve section is therefore maintained automatically at near full
charge during normal operation of
the vehicle.
In an emergency situation,
sliding the switch to "on" puts the
two batteries in parallel, making
the still charged reserve section
available for engine starting, etc.
Immediately after starting, the
switch can be returned to "off".
Because the diode is still in circuit,
it will conduct automatically if the
charging voltage rises significantly
above that of the reserve battery,
effectively clamping any surges or
transients to a safe level. Within
about 30 minutes, the main section
should have been substantially
reactivated.
Alan Hyde stressed that company engineers had gone to great
lengths to get the design right and
to ensure that the switching system
can cope both with the rigours of
the engine compartment and the
proximity of battery acid.
In "The Exide Switch Technical
Brochure" the battery is described
as "sealed and maintenance-free".
It carries a 2-year warranty, provided it is used under the specified
conditions: notably that it has not
been tampered with and has never
been exposed to a charge voltage in
excess of 15V. Exide warns that
overcharging will "boil off" the
electrolyte which cannot thereafter
be topped up.
Something for the sceptics
In the January and February
issues, I referred to the fact that
people have argued for decades
about the alleged therapeutic
qualities of electricity, wireless
waves, magnets, &c.
By way of example, I mentioned a
couple of dubious American practitioners who, in the early 1920s,
CONTACT INTERNATIONAL
PO BOX 390
COW ANDILLA, SA 5033.
2/283 BURBRIDGE ROAD,
BROOKLYN PARK, SA.
MAIL ORDER
MAIL ORDER
COMPUTER PERIPHERALS
RETAIL
D0027 MULTI 1/0 CARD + FDC .
80.00
D0372 PRINTER CARD ..
26 .95
D0390 TOWER COMPUTER CASE + DISPLAY 325 .00
D0387 XT CASE + LOCK .
80.00
D0245 GOPYHQLDER D/TOP, ADJ/ARM
22.95
D0260 DISK STORAGE BOX, 100 x 5¼" .
11 .00
D0100 DISK STORAGE BOX, 80 x 3.5" .
10.50
D0282 JOYSTICK FOR XT/AT . .
19.00
D0392 KEYBOARD , 101 KEYS .
89.95
D0350 MONITOR LEAD IEC PLUG TO SKT .
3.99
D0012 XT MIBOARD 8 MHZ, 0 RAM
119.95
D0297 GENIUS MOUSE GM6+ .
95.00
D0342 MOUSE PAD .
4.50
D0040 AT MOTHERBOARD, 12 MHZ, 0 RAM . 499.00
D0359 ATIXT CASE, RESET + KEY, F/TOP . 59 .95
KEYBOARD WITH MOUSE .
199.95
PRINTER RIBBONS
D0419 BROTHER 1509 RIBBON
14.95
D0420 BROTHER 1724 RIBBON
14.95
10.50
'D0427 COMMODORE CP80 RIBBON
D0450 EPSON EX80011000 RIBBON .
12.95
OVER 80 TYPES AVAILABLE
THIS MONTH'S SUPER SPECIAL*
* DO528 XT CASE,
TURBO LED DISPLAY
$79.95
*
PLASMA DISPLAY
$159.00
PHONE: (08) 231 2202
FAX: (08) 352 1449
MAIL ORDER
COMPUTERS
I
GOLD PLATED LEADS
D0005 XT TURBO, 1OMHZ, 640K, 2 x 36K
FDD, 101 KEYBOARD, FLIP LID CASE ,
LED SPEED DISPLAY
1125.00
D0001 SHEi'IRY AT 512K, 1 x 1.2M FDD,
1OHEY/BOARO, EXPANDABLE TO
1MB, 6/1OMHZ, CGA CARD ,
SERIAL/PARALLEL PORTS
. 1895.00
SHERRY EGA COLOUR MONITER
695.00
640 X 350
SCANNERS
D0237 HS3000 SCANNER
CARETS OCR SOFTWARE .
379 .95
269.9S
MUSIC CARD
D0145 MUSIC CARD - See Product
showcase section JAN 89 .
350 .00
W0057 LEAD GOLD BNC MALE TO MALE ..
W0064 LEAD GOLD BNC MALE TO RCA MALE
W0029 LEAD GOLD RCA MALE TO 3,5mm
MALE
W0042 LEAD GOLD RCA MALE TO RCA
MALE .
W0207 LEAD GOLD RCA MALE TO 2 RCA
MALES
5.95
5.50
3.00
3.50
3.95
COMPUTER POWER SUPPLIES
D0057
D0061
D0060
D0058
D0358
150
150
200
200
220
WATT FOR XT ..
89.95
WATT FOR XT SQUARE .
89.95
WATT COMPACT FOR AT ..
145.00
WATT STANDARD FOR AT ..
119.95
WATT FOR TOWER COMPUTER . 169.95
CONTACT US FOR HARO TO GET ITEMS. MANY OTHER PRODUCTS AVAILABLE.
SENO FOR FREE PRICE LIST.
BROCHURES ANO FULL SPECIFICATIONS FOR " AT" COMPUTER AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST.
ALL PRICES INCLUDE SALES TAX
PRICES VALID WHILST STOCKS LAST
Mall Order
Postage
Less than $50 ............................... $3.50
O
..... ················································································.
BANKCARD O MASTERCARD O VISA
Card No ............................................... .
EXPIRY DATE
$50 - $99 ...................................... $4.50
$1oo • $250 ... ............................... $7·00
Above $250 .. .............................. $10.00
s·ignaI ure: .. ......................................................................
WHOLESALE ENQUIRIES WELCOME
Address: ....................................................................... ..
Heavy Items adds extra
(Note: unsigned credk card mail orders cannot be accepted)
N
ame: ........ •................................................................. ..
• IBM is reg. trade mark of International Business Machines ... .............................. .... ............... Postoode: .................. .
• XT, AT and Atari are registered trade names .. (Please_allow 14 DAYS for !'Ormal mall and bank clearance delays)
were making outrageous claims for
equally · dubious pieces of "wireless" medical equipment.
One could possibly equate such
excesses to the sheer novelty of
wireless technology at the time but
I did not have that option in respect
to a certain middle-aged American
gentleman who appeared on a local
TV talk show a few weeks back.
Identified as Malcolm Vogels, his
self-appointed mission, apparently,
was to publicise the amazing properties of crystals.
As it happened, I had just
previously seen mention of a
resurgence of the crystal cult in
America in the context of the "New
Age" mentality - described in the
particular article as '' a hodgepodge of mysticism and pseudoscience" that can all too readily
become a substitute for more
rigorous thinking.
Presumably to establish his
credentials in real science,
Malcolm Vogels said that he had
been employed by IBM for some 27
years and had invented the coating
that was still being used by the
aforesaid company for their computer discs.
But wait a minute! Even without
re-checking the literature, I knew
that oxide-coated magnetic tapes
dated back to around 1927 and
that, in the early 1930s, the
technology had been under intense
investigation by major German
companies such as AEG, I. G.
Farben and BASF.
Allowing for years of research
work by other European interests,
by American and Japanese ~ompanies, and the subsequent extension from audio into video recording, a great many individuals must
surely have contributed to the
technology behind the coating on
IBM's computer discs.
For me, I'm afraid, the claim raised more questions than it
answered. Nor did I find his
statements or demonstrations on
television in any way convincing.
By gripping a crystal firmly and
concentrating his thoughts (as
evidenced by the pained expression
on his face), Malcolm Vo gels was
purportedly able to transfer information to the crystal. Then by pointing it at the audience, the information could supposedly be projected
towards them.
It seemed to work for a couple of
people; at least they came up with
what he said were the right
answers. The remainder looked
amused and bemused by it all.
A crystal filter?
In another demonstration, passing Sydney_t_ap water through a simple 3-turn glass helix, surrounding
a crystal, transformed it into what
a teenager said tasted like "pure"
water. A similar procedure transformed bottled orange juice into
"freshly squeezed". We were
assured that the idea worked just
as well with apple juice.
What a clever little crystal. Not
only was it able to change the
chemical content of Sydney tap
water, bottled orange juice or canned apple juice, but it knew what
chemicals to remove and what
chemicals to leave in!
But that's not all. I gather that, in
a non-televised demonstration, it or
a similar crystal proved to have
therapeutic qualities as well - at
least to the satisfaction of a couple
of those present.
What kind
of a crystal?
At the very least, I think it's fair
to ask what kind of crystal exhibits
these wonderful qualities?
According to my dictionary, a
real crystal is: "a solid body having
a characteristic internal structure
and enclosed by symmetrically arranged plane surfaces, intersecting
at definite and characteristic
angles''.
That leaves open quite a range of
elements from which to choose. Do
they all have subtle, mysterious
properties, or only some?
The most interesting crystal I can
recall personally was a newly
grown chunk of germanium shown
to me by the late Graham Hall. It
was due to be sliced into thousands
of tiny wafers for an early production run of the ill-fated Australian
Ducon germanium transistors.
Having in mind the therapeutic
properties attributed to germanium
by Dr Asia (see January issue], one
might expect quite phenomenal
results from a large germanium
crystal!
But I gather that the "New Age"
cult is concerned with crystalline
quartz, which exhibits such vitally
important piezoelectric properties.
Does it not, these days, control the
frequency of just about every
transmitter and professional receiver one can think of? And is it
not responsible for the uncanny accuracy of countless quartz clocks
and watches?
If a tiny wafer of quartz can be so
important electrically, it is surely
not unreasonable to accept that a
complete crystal should exhibit certain remarkable properties!
Mind you, Malcolm Vogels didn't
seem to be keen to define or explain
those properties: how liquids could
possibly be upgraded by dribbling
them past a crystal; how a crystal
could absorb and store and
disseminate information; how it
could heal human ills.
Maybe that's not so surprising.
According to those who like to
question the improbable, it is
characteristic of the "New Age"
philosophy: maintain that certain
things are so but don't get caught
up on the specifics of how and why.
Say the sceptics: if they don't
define the property they are talking
about, it makes it that much more
difficult for us either to measure or
disprove it!
~
The "New Age" philosophy: maintain that
certain things are so but don't get caught up on
the specifics of how and why.
78
SILICON CHIP
I PRODUCT SHOWCASE I
TV colour
pattern generator
This portable unit is a comprehensive unit intended for use in
servicing TV receivers and video
monitors for computers and VCRs.
For convergence and picture
linearity adjustments, it generates
a full set of geometric patterns comprising vertical and horizontal
lines, dots and a crosshatch
grating.
There is also a blank raster,
useful for checking colour purity,
and a function called "focus"
which is a vertical pattern which
uses a 1MHz sinewave as the video
modulation (similar to the picture
definition testing lines in broadcast
TV patterns such as the Philips
PM5534 used by SBS).
In colour mode it produces a bar
pattern 95% colour saturated.
With the colour turned off, this pattern is produced as a repeating
grey scale. It is also possible to
selectively turn off the red, green or
blue signals which <;:an be a help
when chasing colour faults.
The various patterns and modes
of operation are selected by two
banks of pushbuttons on the front
panel. On the top row, which
selects the patterns, the buttons are
interlocked (pressing one cancels
another) while on the bottom row
the buttons are independent.
A modulated UHF signal is
available from a front panel 750
Belling Lee socket while the composite video signal comes from a
BNC socket. Two other BNC sockets
allow for connection of an external
video input signal and provide an
output trigger signal (line or frame)
for synchronisation of video signals
on an oscilloscope.
On the back panel there are five
BNC sockets. Three are for the
separate RGB signals while a fourth
gives the Intensity signal (for RGB
video monitors). The two remaining
BNC sockets give separate line and
frame sync signals. All five BNC
sockets can be switched to give 1V
video, TTL or complementary TTL
signals.
As well, the I (intensity) and RGB
signals are available from a 9-pin D
socket for direct connection to a
computer colour monitor (CGA
standard).
NTSC colour TV receivers can be
checked by turning off the PAL colour burst signal (with the "killer"
pushbutton). Different PAL standard receivers can be checked too
because the sound intercarrier frequency can be switched to 5.5MHz,
6MHz or 6.5MHz. The generator
has an internal lkHz oscillator for
sound modulation or an external
sound source may be connected, via
the 5-pin DIN socket on the rear
panel.
We found the Orion pattern
generator to be a good performer,
producing sharp and stable patterns from both the direct video and
modulated UHF outputs. We did
note one quibble and that is that the
unit will not produce a recognisable
pattern on the screen unless one of
the colour buttons (ie, I, R, G or B) is
pressed. Once that little hurdle had
been overcome though, we had no
problems. It will be ideal for servicing applications.
The Orion PAL TV/Video colour
pattern generator is available at
the recommended retail price of
$808 plus 20% sales tax. A protective carry case is also available for
an extra $47 plus 20% sales tax.
The Australian distributor is Bell
Test & Measurement, PO Box 14,
Lidcombe, NSW 2141. Phone (02)
648 5455.
The unit may also be purchased
direct from David Reid Electronics
Pty Ltd, 47 York Street, Sydney,
NSW 2000. Phone (02) 267 1385.
New technical
writing service
by Ross Tester
After more than a decade of putting the words to advertisements,
manuals, brochures, commercials
and the annual catalog for Dick
Smith Electronics, copywriter Ross
Tester has started his own business, Writech Pty Ltd.
Writech will specialise in all
areas of writing where technical'
accuracy is a must. Ross Tester
sees the company as providing a
much needed service to companies
who wish to produce brochures,
manuals and press releases.
Writech's other services will include catalog and mailer design
and production, print broking, print
control and public relations.
For further information, contact
Writech Pty Ltd, 78 Mactier Street,
Narrabeen, NSW 2101. Phone (02)
982 9624.
MARCH 1989
79
Low cost portable
gas soldering iron
\
Handheld digital
storage oscilloscope
Tektronix has released what
must be the most upmarket
technician's accessory, a complete dual channel digital
storage oscilloscope weighing only 2kg.
Designated the Tek 222, it has
a 10MHz bandwidth and fancy
features such as automatic setup
and digital save/recall of both
front panel settings and stored
waveforms. The cathode rav
tube also features direct readoU:-t
of timebase and attenuator
settings.
Measuring only 90 x 150 x
250mm the Tek 222 can be comfortably held in the hand and will
fit easily into a service technician's kit. It is powered with
rechargeable batteries as well
as 240V AC mains.
For measurements in tricky
applications such as process
control, avionics and medical
equipment, the Tek 222 has the
handy capability of signal
grounds which may be floated at
up to 400V above or below earth
potential.
For further information, contact Tektronix Australia Pty Ltd,
80 Waterloo Road, North Ryde,
NSW 2113. Phone (02) 888 7066.
Home burglar
alarm from DSE
To cater for the need for an easily installed home burglar alarm,
Dick Smith Electronics have released their L-5140 Security Centre.
Housed in a lockable steel case, the
unit is a 4-sector alarm with mains
power and optional battery backup.
The circuitry has been designed to
minimise false alarms and to fully
comply with the latest noise pollution requirements for alarm duration and resetting.
Included in the L-5140 Security
Centre is a siren oscillator to suit a
standard horn speaker and a constant 12V DC output to power
passive infrared sensors (PIRs) and
other accessories . If the alarm is
80
SILICON CHIP
triggered there is a 12V switched
output to operate a telephone
dialler, alarm bells or a strobe light.
Priced at $199, the L-5140
Security Centre is available from
all Dick Smith Electronics stores.
Gas-powered soldering irons
have been around for quite a while
now and they work very well.
Powered by butane lighter fluid
which is readily available in convenient refills (for cigarette lighters)
they can be used anywhere and are
often more convenient to use, even
if mains power is available for a
conventional soldering iron.
This Gassol model has two extra
attractions. The first is the optional
blowtorch tip which is handy for
silver soldering, bending metal pipe
or using heatshrink tubing.
The second attraction is the price
of $29.95. It is available from all
Jaycar stores.
Courses for
amateur radio
For those interested in becoming
an amateur radio operator, the
Gladesville Amateur Radio Club
conducts a series of theory courses
for the Department of Transport
and Communications licence examinations.
The next available course commences in early March and will last
till December. The theory lectures
are each of 3 hours duration on
Thursdays in Lane Cove (Sydney).
The course starts from basic
elementary theory (no prior
knowledge required) and will
enable the student to sit for the
Novice Amateur Operator's Certificate of Proficiency (NAOCP) exam during the year and later on, the
AOCP exam.
These courses have been running
for 8 years now, conducted by instructor Ron Bertrand, VK2DQ.
Several hundred amateurs have
received their licences as a result
of doing the course.
For those who can't attend in
person, the courses are available
on video tape in Beta and VHS
format.
For further information contact
the Gladesville Amateur Radio
Club, PO Box 48, Gladesville, NSW
2111. Phone (02) 427 0530, after
5.30pm.
Dall 15 3-way
loudspeaker system
Buy direct from Australia's leading
manufacturer and save on quality
AVTEK Modems.
A range of 16 internal &external modems
from low priced manual to fully automatic 2400 bps
models complete with power supply, instructions and
telephone connections.
Designed and built in Australia, all Avtek Modems are guaranteed, with
service and technical support available direct from Avtek
CALL TODAY ON
008 25 2754 or (02) 888 5333
TOLL FREE
Danish loudspeaker manufacturer Dali has released an interesting new 3-way speaker
system, the Dali 15. A variety of advanced measuring techniques have
been used in its development, including a patented vibration
analysis system for detecting and
minimising panel resonances. As a
result, the Dali 15 employs a
number of measures to reduce
panel resonance, including a 40mm
thick front baffle made of high density fibre board.
The 200mm woof er is a long
throw (25mm) unit with a 1mm thick
polypropylene cone. As well as using conventional bass reflex tuning,
the system is designed to be used
with any NAD preamplifier having
the "Bass Eq" feature whereby
bass extension down 33Hz can be
achieved.
A large 75mm dome unit (the
largest dome driver we've seen) is
used for the midrange while the
tweeter is a 20mm dome with ferrofluid cooling for the voice coil.
Sensitivity of the Dali 15 is
90dB/1 Wilm and maximum recommended amplifier power is 200
watts per channel. Recommended
SYDNEY RESIDENTS
For further information and to see how much
you can save on the best modem
for your needs.
'fTEK
ATA COMMUNICATIONS
(A Member of the NetComm Group of Companies)
retail price is just under $2000 per
pair.
For further information see your
hifi dealer or contact the Australian distributors for Dali, Scan
Audio Pty Ltd, 52 Crown Street,
Richmond, Victoria 3121. Phone
(03) 429 2199.
Stereo headphone &
microphone headset
The KHM-7602 stereo headphone
and microphone unit from David
Reid Electronics is a lightweight
headset which has applications in
stage production, sound engineering and intercom sets. They could
also be adapted to the Hands-Free
Telephone project published in the
September and November 1988
issues of SILICON CHIP.
The 40mm diameter dynamic
headphones have a hifi performance with a claimed frequency
response from 20 to 20kHz and a
MARCH 1989
81
Low cost DMMs
from Jaycar
Impressive
computer range
from CompuHelp
Just when you thought you had
seen all the IBM compatible
machines you'd want to, a new
computer distributor has set up
business. Called CompuHelp
Australia, they have an impressive range of personal computers ranging from a PC/XT
sensitivity of 102dB/mW. Their impedance is 320.
The microphone is a dynamic
pressure gradient type with an impedance of 3000 and a sensitivity of
- 80dB at lkHz. The frequency
response of the microphone ranges
from 100Hz to 10kHz which is more
than adequate for most voice
applications.
This headset is priced at only
$29.95 from David Reid Electronics,
127 York Street, Sydney, NSW
2000. Phone (02) 267 1385.
Experimenter's card
for IBM PC
XT/AT/386
For engineers and experimenters
developing peripherals there is new
universal wirewrap card for the
82
SILICON CHIP
compatible machine right up to a
large 80386 tower style machine
with everything that opens and
shuts.
All machines are beautifully
made and the units are backed
up with Honeywell Bull's
Totalcare warranty service.
For further information and a
system demo, contact CompuHelp Australia at 35-37 Higginbotham Road, Gladesville,
NSW 2111. Phone (02) 809 6966.
IBM PC XT/AT386 or compatible
computers. The card provides data
and address buses and an 1/0 line
buffer. It includes a universal address decoding chip and a DB25
female connector.
A large area (4000 holes) is provided on the card for experimental
circuits and all holes are plated
through.
For further information, contact
Electronic Solutions, PO Box 426,
Gladesville, NSW 2111. Phone (02)
427 4422.
Jaycar has released two new lowcost digital multimeters. Both have
a 3-1/2 digit display and come in a
high impact yellow case.
The lower-priced model measures both AC and DC voltage and
current and resistance up to 20MO.
A third socket provides a 10A DC
current range.
There are six resistance ranges
and five DC voltage ranges. The test
probes connect to the meter via
banana sockets and they can also
physically clip to the side of the
meter so that one-handed measurements can be made. Ideally, an
alligator clip arrangement would
have to be made for the common
lead for this to be possible though.
The unit is priced at only $59.95
(Jaycar Cat. QM-1410) and comes
with a 3-month warranty.
The more deluxe model incorporates all the features of the
cheaper model and adds ranges for
capacitance, frequency measurement and a logic probe function.
The current and voltage ranges
have also been extended for both
AC and DC measurements.
The frequency meter is capable
of very accurate measurements
from a few hertz up to 200kHz as
checked by our own test equipment.
The capacitance meter has 5
ranges of measurement f ram
2000pF up to 201,tF which makes life
easy when reading those tricky
capacitor values.
The logic function tests TTL logic
levels and gives a visual display
and an audible beep whenever a
logic O is detected. The claimed
minimum pulse width which it can
detect is 25ns and the maximum input frequency is 20MHz.
The QM-1400 represents good
value for money at the price of
$109. Both meters are available
from all Jaycar stores.
Thermocouple
adaptor for DMMs
Polystyrene capacitors
YES
Made here in Australia?
YES
Made Special to Type?
YES
Where From?
Allied Capacitors Australia
Allied Capacitors Australia specialises in custom made good quality, high
stability polystyrene capacitors. Why design circuitry which requires additional
components to achieve a specific capacitance; we can wind exactly the
capacitance you need to match your design criteria within the ranges of 1 OpF to
1J.tF and up to 10,000VDC.
Capacitors are manufactured to 0.25%, 0.5%, 1.0%, 2 .0%, 2 .5%, 5%, 10%
and 20% and are priced according to tolerance. All capacitors are tested to 2.5
times the rated voltage.
Interested?
Call us now on:
(02) 938 4690
OR Cut out and post this coupon to
Post Office Box 740
Brookvale, N.S.W. 2100
r----~--....
- . . _...,
I Yes, I am interested in your capacitors. I
I Please post me details of the following values: I
I ... /... voc .. ./ ... VDC .. . / .. . voc ... / ... VDC
I Name (Please print) . .
:
I Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I
-------------L~~~ ~~-~-~~~~J
This thermocouple adaptor will
allow most digital multimeters to
measure temperature in degress
Celsius or Fahrenheit. Powered
with a 9V battery, its outputs are
simply plugged into the common
and "Volts" input on the multimeter.
The unit is supplied with a
1.2-metre long K-type thermocouple
( w ilh Chromel and Alumel wires)
and will measure the range from
- 50°C to 1300°C. Resolution is
0.1 °Con the 200mV range and 1 °C .
on the 2V range.
The module measures just 90 x
70 x 40mm and is priced at $59.95
from all Dick Smith Electronics
and AT style keyboards, it also
stores.
eliminates the need for a separate
mouse. Instead it has a trackball on
Intelligent keyboard
a comfortably raised section on the
righthand side of the keyboard. The
includes trackball
mouse operating buttons are just
If you desire a better keyboard below the spacebar where they are
for your IBM or compatible com- convenient to the left hand.
puter this "intelligent" unit from
The trackball is compatible with
Contact International is worth con- Microsoft Mouse and Mouse
sidering because not only does it System mouse(!) and plugs in via a
provide all the features of the XT D9P or D25P connector. The
keyboard itself has the usual 5-pin
DIN plug.
In spite of the space devoted to
the trackball, the keyboard is no
larger than standard models offering 100 + keys. Dimensions are
487mm wide by 195mm deep.
Priced at $199.95, the intelligent
keyboard is available from Contact
International, PO Box 390, Cowandilla, SA 5033. Phone (08) 231 2202.
231 2202.
MARCH 1989
83
3rd March 197Australia
Howdy Colin,
Just received your saga of life in works at the flagship as a
US television. Reading your letter copywriter and tells me at lunch
made me reminisce. Before I relate sometimes the things that go on
my most recent adventures, I'll tell there.
you about my first television job.
The subsidiary has been going
From my diary, May 196-: started for 11 years. Suddenly, on one day,
a new career, with some misgiv- a supervisor and four of his men
ings. I tell myself Rod Serling (the resigned. They were going to build
creator of Twilight Zone) began a UHF station in the area. But it's
with this group, as a copywriter,
my opportunity to get into teleOnce e ad .. e.hig tim0- · ll e-vision.
could recall about his Midwest job
June - now I know why those
was a lady yodeller, who could fellows left en masse.
break a beer mug at 20 paces, and a
At my interview, I explain I was
fundamentalist radio preacher for as green as they come - a first
whom he wrote the sermons.
class ticket and 10 years' exSerling worked for the flagship perience as an electronics technistation; I am beginning with the cian but I've never worked in
satellite 50 miles (80km) away - a television.
lot of driving.
"That's all right, son", the chief
Two things make me uneasy. Jen- engineer said to me. "We've got a
nifer from my college days now comprehensive training program
By
RICHARD KOPF
ers
84
SILICON CHIP
here. Sort of a buddy system".
In reality, the training is 'sink-orswim'. But when you sink you pull
the station down too. Not that it
matters for the old blokes. There's
a strong union here to protect them.
I found out after I started that it's
closed shop. I am compelled to
join but get no protection until my
3-month probationary period is up.
'Ilhey're taking my money for
nothing!
The first two weeks, they didn't
ow what to do with me. The
s pervisor found that the remote
iUCk needed cleaning; also the
orkshop and the storeroom. I
rted transistors and other bits usywork any school dropout could
do for a minimum wage.
E
Transmitter work
Next I went to the transmitter for
sign-on shift for three weeks, since
no-one else wanted to do it. I expected to be an onlooker for at least
a couple of days, learning from the
senior man. When that worthy arrived, carrying a briefcase bulging
with house plans, contracts and
lists of materials, he didn't even say
hello.
He just unlocked the door and
waved my self-introduction aside.
The first thing he did was spread
out his "real work" in the office,
then pom himself a cup of coffee
from a thermos, muttering all the
while about lazy carpenters.
I had a look around, inspected
the program log and glanced at the
clock with an anxious eye. I realised the senior man had no intention
of getting the station on air.
"Even if I were fully experienced", I told him, "as a new boy, I
have no idea of your procedures
here".
Moaning and griping, he reluctantly came out, pointed out the hidden breakers and fired the rig up.
"Sit down at the console - I'll tell
you what to do".
He led me through the first two
hours of programming, then I was
on my own. "What if I goof?", I
asked.
"At this time of the morning, who
cares?"
Later, I learned that he had been
reprimanded for tying up the only
telephone line while taking care of
his business. The transmitter got
sick - he never noticed. The studio
supervisor had to come nine miles
(14km) to fix the problem.
w
_-,
Yo\
~
o~~
\\,,-'~Q,o
,------.;;.
'
./ ~
4, ,
6e~ 0
:'.'t-41!11'\
G
v•~J•-
"~•1\--\~ 1'1RA\N\NG \S ''StNKOR ~W\lV\
11
Studio work
Back at the studio, I learned that
most of the old-timers had their own
outside interests; the TV station
was really their second job. I watched one fellow at the master control blow every prime time break
until the 11 o'clock news.
He had a small installation
business - intercoms, TV antennas
and so forth. He too spent much
time on the telephone. The network
would go to black, he'd say, "Wait,
Jack ... Oh, hell, I'm lost again".
Then he'd fumble through the copy
book and the program log, arbitrarily roll a film but forget to
switch it to air at once, chop the
end - and still get back to network
late.
A few nights later, I wasn't much
better. At the console the first time,
I was as nervous as a long-tailed
cat in a room full of rocking chairs.
At least, I didn't have the bad example to guide me. The evening
supervisor actually intended to
train me!
He talked me through two
breaks, showed me how to strip the
projectors and load the next films
and slides needed, and told me
about log entries. At that point, I
noticed no more films were out, so
started to look for them.
"Jeez, don't do that", he yelled.
"It's the announcer's duty. Shop
rules. Don't you know anything?"
I went to find the announcer,
discovered him hustling a young
lady from Traffic. "Don't worry
about it", he said.
So I went back to MC, sat down
by the supervisor and listened to
him commenting on the good old
days. Suddenly, Net was black,
Supe nearly fell off his chair; the
announcer came flying in, threw
some reels at us.
I felt really depressed but the
supervisor said, "Don't worry
about it".
July - three weeks after my
debut to switching, I came to work
and met the chief engineer in the
hallway. First time I'd seen him
since I started ...
"Explain about June 13th", he
thundered.
"Good day to you, too", I said.
"June 13th? Follows the 12th and
precedes the 14th".
"Don't get smart with me, sonny", he snapped, waving a piece of
paper. "You lost two commercials
in one break. Cost the company
money".
I tried to explain that it was my
first night on the desk. That didn't
cut any ice, so I told him I didn't
think much of his buddy system
training.
"Training can't overcome carelessness'', he said and showed me
the discrepancy report: "engineer
failed to load films". (Why did it
take three weeks to address the
problem?)
Who writes the discrepancy
report? The announcer ...
When I told him my side of the
story he left with this comment: "I
take a dim view of scapegoating".
I surely know what you're going
through.
Sturgeon's Law
Trouble is, my lot hasn't improved since I left television. Maybe it's
Sturgeon's Law: "90% of everything is garbage".
MARCH 1989
85
THE TECHNOLOGY LETTERS - CTD
Anyway, I travelled interstate to
take a job in the security industry. I
now work for a multi-national. I
don't know how they got so big, if
this state office is typical. We do
the full gamut of security: fire, intruder, patrols, etc.
But I'm sure the local crims smile
when they see one of our warning
signs. It's an odds-on chance that
the system is either not working
properly or the police have attended so many false alarms they no
longer bother.
If the electronics is suspect, the
watching service is little better.
Our contracts specify four random
checks a night but the patrol shift is
8pm-4am. You can bet a whole lot
of burglars start their workday at
4.15am.
And random checks are hardly
that when a set route is specified,
from which the patrolman should
not deviate. A couple of "high-tech"
crims with CB radios would have no
problems.
Every patrolman applicant is
supposed to receive a full background check. Sometimes, this is as
simple as the supervisor calling one
of his CID mates and saying: "Ever
heard of so and so?"
Therefore, occasionally the
patrolman is the bloke ripping you
off. Don't get me wrong though.
Most of them are honest, hardworking souls.
While electronic systems are not
subject to temptation, they can be
corrupted from incompetent
salesmen quoting the wrong equipment to faulty installation, inadequate checkout and customer error.
Basically, we have two systems:
the local alarm and the silent (or
monitored) alarm. Both have flaws.
The electronic approach is useful
against the amateur (ie, young and
experienced) burglar - when it
works. A 120dB siren shattering a
quiet night is an unnerving experience for anyone. But more often
than not, it is the owner who goes
back in for some paperwork he left
in his desk who sets off the system.
Consider this scenario: you've
had a local alarm installed, with
switches on the front and back
doors. There's a pressure pad
under the carpet in the hallway and
Silent alarms
.n~T
~,~.,-~
=-1,~,0
'\\,'
,'
' ~-
~4<J-lR%"~---
! WAS AS N'-'RVOUS AS A
t..ONG "iAll-E.'D CAT \N f:>..
'ROOM FUL.l... OF -ROC.K\NG C.HA\'RS.,,
86
SILICON CHIP
a motion detector in the loungeroom
where the expensive video and hifi
gear lives; a siren is under the front
eaves. You go to the theatre one
evening. A professional crim enters
via a bedroom window.
He takes your wife's jewellery
and some money from your dresser
and heads for the front door. The
alarm goes off. A quick look in the
loungeroom reveals a handy VCR.
In moments, it's under his arm and
he's out the door.
Your house has foliage obscuring
it from the street. Your neighbour
hears the siren. Either he grumbles
about another damned false alarm,
calls the police, or decides to
investigate.
The time lag between a call to the
cop shop and the arrival of a patrol
car will be sufficient for the pro to
make his escape. If, however, your
neighbour walks up the driveway,
he is likely to be confronted by a
masked man with a torch to smash
over his head.
It's odds-on though that you
yourself have forgotten about the
system when returning in the small
hours. There's nothing like the blast
of a siren in your ear to spoil a good
evening out.
The monitored or silent alarm is
even worse for the inattentive
customer. The first clue he has is a
knock at the door. Apprehensively
opening it, he confronts an irritated
policeman and realises he has
chalked up his nth false alarm.
How well I remember my first experience along these lines. One of
the stations I worked at had a silent
alarm. One sign-on, I came up the
stairs and met a second bloke
who'd just stepped off the lift. We
each headed for our areas, assuming that the other had secured the
system.
The next thing I know, two blues
with pistols drawn are hassling me.
Within four or five minutes, five
patrolmen had arrived and two
detectives. Embarrassing!
An alternative silent alarm is a
telephone dialler. The true monitored system uses a leased
Telecom line. The dialler uses the
existing telephone circuit and will
auto-dial and alert the monitoring
on the way to the office that I twigged. No heat at night!
I SA\0,,~,NCH''!
,.,,& 1\·U~"THING"
Central station
,s~e. a~~•'RV!
~~
I
T\-IE: WE:NC.1-\ SL.l'P~E. 0,
SHOR1lr.'D
SA~'R'-f,
AN t> 1'-\~ 1'HI N& E:X9\...0D6.D
"™e:.
station - assuming the line hasn't
been cut.
All manner of detectors can be
used; they all have their drawbacks. Ultrasonic types can be triggered by swinging signs in supermarkets or the sudden movement of
air as a fan heater or airconditioner switches on. I've even
seen one installation in a government building that was repeatedly
set off by the wind whistling
through a poorly-fitted double door.
The early photoelectric beams
were cheap and nasty and visible
- only a challenge to a blind
burglar. The later ones are infrared. I found one warehouse having repeated false alarms - the
transmitter had been knocked out
of alignment. The receiver was
reacting to a reflection. When the
Sun went down, so did the system.
Other bugs exist, literally. I've
·found transmitters out of action due
to a spider spinning a web.
Passive IR units monitor the ambient energy in an area and
f
automatically adjust to slow
changes. An intruder is sensed as a
quick transient variation. But these
too can react to sunlight. I remember a system going off every
Sunday morning at about the same
time. My boss found that one by going there and watching. A milk
truck turning the corner relected
the morning sun into a second-story
window.
I've seen microwave detectors
react to metal chaff in a machine
shop. Almost anything and
everything can be mistaken for the
so-called "man-sized" target.
One of the things few of the
designers have cottoned onto is the
temperature range of the usual
commercial-grade ICs (0-70°C). A
pharmaceutical war.ehouse system
I helped install worked fine for a
few weeks. Then just about
everything in the place falsealarmed night after night. Repeated
daily visits proved everything
checked out OK. It was only when I
stopped there one winter's morning
Things aren't much better at the
central station. A lot of old systems
are direct-current types . The
operators speak casually about
"flick" alarms which are glitches
attributed to Telecom exchange
work but could equally be a hightech crim about his work.
We had a widespread power
failure one night. The on-line battery backup maintained the central
station all of 12 minutes. No-one
had checked the lead-acid batteries
up in an unlighted loft for months.
When I was told to sort out the
problem, I could see why. Getting
replacement batteries took two STD
calls to the head office and the
signature of the state manager.
Then, working in this dark pigsty, I
found no isolation switch, a 40year-old heavy-duty charging cabinet and a snarl of cables.
In detaching the clamps from the
second battery, I learned that a virtually dry battery can still present
an appreciable voltage . The
wrench slipped, shorted the battery
and the thing exploded! The top
lifted clean off, in little-bitty bits. It
took a couple of glasses of Jack
Daniels before I stopped shaking.
Most alarm systems have battery
backup too. But I went to one tobacco warehouse and found, though
the system had grown, only the
original single nicad pack for the
load. And my boss learned that the
late shift cut part of the building
power at about 3am. Thus, excessive load over two or three
hours on an old battery provided
many false alarms.
By now, you will have reached an
inescapable conclusion: there is no
such thing as a perfect security
system.
I call your attention to a humorous essay by Mark Twain,
where he wrote, '' a burglar alarm
combines in its person all that is objectionable about a fire, a riot and a
harem, and at the same time has
none of the compensating advantages ... that belong with that
combination" .
On that note, I will bid you adieu.
Regards, Dick.
~
MARCH 1989
87
/
Eight years after their introduction in 1981, the high-speed XPTs have become the mainstay of passenger services in
NSW. The design is essentially a copy of the British Rail HST (High Speed Train).
THE EVOLUTION OF
ELECTRIC RAILWAYS
Rail enthusiasts may be aware that the NSW State
Rail Authority's XPT is very similar in appearance
to the British Rail HST which inspired it. However,
the British trains are longer, more powerful and
sometimes reach 200km/h which is much higher
than the XPT's running speed.
By BRYAN MAHER
The year 1972 ushered in something of a minor railway revolution
in Europe. It was the year when Britain first ran the HST or High Speed
Trains. These are high speed diesel
electric trainsets. At the same time,
France was on the way to very fast
electric traction which would even-
tually culminate in the TGV.
In Japan, since 1964, the ShinKansen railway had been providing
five trains per hour (day time) on
what was then the world's fastest
timetable. Their through trains
were averaging nearly 200km per
hour.
The Japanese achieved such high
speeds by building dedicated tracks
with very gentle curves having a
minimum radius of 4 kilometres. In
fact, "Shin-Kansen" literally means
" new lines" because they are
separate from the original tracks
and system.
PT.17: NSW XPT EXPRESS PASSENGER TRAINS
88
SILICON CHIP
British Rail took another approach to the design of very high
speed trains. Instead of going for
separate tracks with gentle curves,
they aimed to use existing tracks
which had fairly easy curves
anyhow (by Australian standards,
at least]. To get very high speed
capability, British Rail designed
special trains capable of tilting the
car body in towards the centre of
each curve. The idea is akin to a
motorcycle banking in a turn.
Trains have been doing this for a
long time, of course, with super
elevated tracks, whereby the outer
track on a curve is higher than the
inner track. This shifts the weight
of the train to compensate for centrifugal forces when going around
curves.
By tilting the car body in proportion to the train speed, the train
would effectively provide its own
super elevation.
Engineering problems in the
hydraulically-powered tilt-body
design proved very stubborn
though, which held back the
development of the APT or Advanced Passenger Train. In the meantime, British Rail continued with the
HST.
British Rail HST
42 HST train sets were initially
ordered but, due to economic constraints in Britain at the time, this
was subsequently cut to 32.
The HST consists of a dieselelectric locomotive at each end and
eight passenger cars in between.
These trains endeared themselves
to the travelling public, their high
speed and frequent operation providing excellent service between
London and Newcastle, Edinburgh,
Hull and York. With 18 trains each
way daily between Newcastle~
upon-Tyne and London alone, who
would want to use their car?
Each HST locomotive is powered
by a Paxman-Vaienta 1.678MW
(2250hp] diesel engine directcoupled to an AC alternator. The
output of the alternator is rectified
by silicon diodes to provide the DC
supply for the four series traction
motors.
In the first 32 trainsets, the traction motors were supplied by Brush
and some sets were extended to 10
cars. GEC Traction supplied the DC
The XPT is a departure from normal Australian rail practice in using 4-wheel
bogies and a high-speed diesel engine. The engine is a 12-cylinder
turbocharged 4-stroke design rated at 1.48MW and has a maximum speed of
1500rpm.
motors for a later order of a further
14 trains. In each train, control of
the front and rear locomotives is
from the driver's cabin at either
end, so these trains need never be
turned around.
On the Newcastle run, the HST
trains regularly achieved average
speeds of 133km/h, with peak
speeds of 170km/h. For this reason
the HST trains in England are
labelled "Inter City 125" trains,
alluding to their 125mph design
capability.
The high travelling speed and the
fast turnaround time at terminal
stations enable these British HSTs
to move an incredible number of
people.
British Rail claim that some
trains often travel 1700km per day.
Considering that 600-700km of this
distance is covered at a speed of
170km/h (or more), tJ:\e diesel
engines and traction motors certainly earn their keep!
The NSW XPT
With all these high performance
goings-on in other parts of the
world, how could Australia not join
in?
1981 was a good year for
Australian rail. Not only were two
major improvements to Melbourne's city and suburban rail
systems opened, but in New South
Wales the SRA (State Rail Authority] put the first trial XPT or Express
Passenger Train on the rails on
24th August.
By 6th September, 1981 the trial
XPT was running around New
South Wales and had set an
Australian rail record speed of
183km/h. By 1982, XPTs were in
regular service on most NSW main
lines.
Today they are the backbone of
NSW express passenger services,
running between Sydney and Armidale, Tamworth, Grafton, Dubbo,
Canberra and Albury. Connecting
trains and air conditioned coaches
feed all branch lines.
XPT performance
The NSW-SRA XPT trains are
modelled on the British Rail HST
design but are slightly lower
powered. However, as the train set
in NSW is usually only five
passenger cars plus two locomotives, high speeds are still possible in some areas.
The trains, manufactured by
Comeng of Granville, Sydney, are
available in two versions: the standard version rated at 160km/h maximum and a high-speed version
rated at 200km/h maximum.
However, in New South Wales
MARCH 1989
89
In standard form, the XPT has a locomotive at both ends and five passenger cars. Speeds up to 160km/h are regularly
achieved. The XPT presently holds the Australian rail speed record of 183km/h.
the considerable number of sharp
curves places a limit on the maximum usable speed.
For example, on the Blue Mountains, the Hawkesbury Bank between the Hawkesbury River and
Cowan, or between Murrurundi
and Quirindi, the steep terrain has
resulted in sharp curves with the
track radius being as tight as 161
metres. Often there are consecutive
reverse curves too, which slows
things up even further.
The 579km run from Sydney to
Armidale includes two of the
aforementioned sections, so that
the 73.9km/h overall average speed
with 22 stops is very creditable.
Loco specifications
Like the British HST, the New
South Wales XPT has two diesel
electric locomotives, one at each
end. Each loco is powered by a Paxman Valenta turbocharged 4-stroke
diesel engine. This is rated at
1.480MW (1984hp) at ambient
temperatures up to 40°C and any
90
SILICON CHIP
elevation up to 1000 metres. The 12
cylinders have a 19.7cm bore and
21.6cm stroke.
The engine runs at a relatively
high speed compared to other
Australian diesels. It idles at
750rpm and has a maximum speed
of 1500rpm.
Two alternators
The diesel engine is direct coupled to two alternators, one for traction and one for auxiliaries. The
main alternator and associated
silicon rectifiers provide the DC
supply for the four Brush traction
motors, each a 4-pole DC series
type.
The traction motors are not
mounted within the bogies (as in
many other locomotives). Instead,
the traction motors are each
mounted on the mainframe, with
drive to the wheels being via flexible couplings and gear boxes with a
20:65 ratio. Wheel slip and slide
detectors are fitted.
Each locomotive can provide 84
kilonewtons tractive effort at a
1-hour rating or 77kN continuously.
Two locomotives working a 5-car
train can provide 240kN starting
tractive effort, making for good
acceleration.
The weight of each locomotive in
working trim is 74 tonnes which is
really quite light for a diesel of this
power. It is built for speed rather
than lugging ability. Diesel fuel
capacity is 4500 litres. The whole
locomotive (except for the driver's
cab) is of welded carbon steel, the
hody sides being of stressed steel
skin.
The normal train of five passenger cars with two locomotives
weighs a total of 354 tonnes.
Bogies
The bogies for the locos and cars
are designed for high speed running
(up to 2ookm/h) with safety and
comfort. The suspension system has
each axle box attached to a
horizontal swing-arm link and maintained in position by a coil spring
suspension in parallel with
dampers (shock absorbers). The
bogie frames carry the car body on
a flexicoil pneumatic secondary
suspension.
The locomotive bogies run on
heat-treated rolled-steel monobloc
wheels. These are fitted with castiron brake discs in the form of
cheek plates and each wheel is fitted with a disc brake caliper. The
axles are made of solid forged steel
and run iri tapered roller bearings.
Brakes
The braking system is the
Westcode type EP, backed up by the
"shadow" emergency brake
system. Maximum retardation rate
is 0.90 metres per second per second. The disc-brake calipers are
air-driven and are fitted with composition brake blocks.
Readers may ask why conventional brake blocks are not applied
to the running wheels rather than
using disc brakes. After all, cast
iron brake blocks have been used
for a century and are still used today by most freight trains as this
method keeps the wheel surfaces
clean and in good order.
Two disadvantages accrue from
the use of cast iron brake blocks.
First, repeated stopping results in
fast brake block wear and second,
cast iron dust flowing from the
brake blocks during braking
permeates the atmosphere below
the train.
If this fine conducting dust gets
into the traction motors, contactors
or control resistances it can lead to
electrical breakdowns. For this,
reason, non-conducting composition
brake blocks are now used on most
high-performance trains.
But composition brake blocks
have the nasty habit of polishing the
running surfaces of the wheeltyres. This leads to locomotive
wheel slip during acceleration and
during braking for both locomotive
and carrige wheels.
The complete solution invoked by
modern train designers is to use
composition brake blocks applied
via air calipers to cast iron brake
discs attached either to the side
faces of the running wheels (as per
photo) or to inboard discs on the
axles.
This picture shows the new-high speed hogies used on the XPT. Notice the
polished steel cheek plates on both sides of the. running wheels. These
function as the train disc brakes.
Auxiliaries
The auxiliary alternator is
direct-driven by the loco's diesel
engine and provides a 3-phase AC
supply, regulated to 415 volts at
any engine speed in the working
range. This power is used for all
train electrical equipment, such as
squirrel-cage induction motors for
air conditioning and ventilation,
fluorescent lighting and cooking in
the buffet car.
In addition, the engine compartments and traction motors are
force-ventilated with filtered air,
while the driver's compartments at
each end of the train are airconditioned.
To allow for the sometimes very
dusty atmosphere of western and
southern NSW, the induced air supply for the diesel engine cylinders
needs to be doubly filtered otherwise engine wear would be a real
problem. British HSTs don't have to
contend with either the dust or the
high temperatures experienced by
the Australian XPT.
The manufacturers have provided for easy maintenance and
replacement of components by
building the driver's cab, electrical
This picture shows the driver's winds_creen after testing with a large projectile
at 240km/h. The heavy laminated glass is fractured hut no penetration has
occurred.
MARCH 1989
91
View inside the driver's cabin, showing all the major controls for the XPT. The cabin is air-conditioned to ensure
comfortable conditions for long-distance high-speed operation.
control cabinet, diesel engine/alternators, engine cooling radiator and
the brake/air compressor gear as
separate modules. These can all be
easily removed and replaced so the
loco need not be out of service for
long periods.
For fire safety, the electrical control and equipment ea binet and the
diesel engine/alternator section are
provided with automatic fire extinguishing equipment.
Coach interiors
The lightweight cars perform
beautifully and are very well accepted by the travelling public. Normally fitted with groups of four fixed seats on each side of the centre
aisle, the wide windows and air
conditioning give a pleasant and enjoyable travelling experience.
Alternative seating offered by
the manufacturer includes groups
of three seats, or recliners and/or
rotating comfort seats, with or
without tables. Individual reading
lights complement the car fluorescent lighting. Toilets are provided
at each end of each car with hot
and cold water at the wash basins.
92
SILICON CHIP
The buffet occupies half a car
and is fully fitted with electric
equipment for preparing meals. A
guard's compartment is provided at
each end of the train.
Driver's cab
The driver's cab is a resiliently
mounted, glass-reinforced plastic
module, resulting in effective isolation of the driver from the noise,
heat and vibration of the diesel
engine. The nose cone contains two
large anti-collision buttresses to
protect the driver in the event of
frontal impact.
To allow safe operation at 160 or
200km/h it is essential that the front
end of the driver's cab be proof
against accidental strike at speed
by a bird or any object. (Occasionally rocks, bottles and other
rubbish may fall or be thrown onto
a train from overhead bridges and
tunnel entrances).
To ensure driver confidence and
safety, the train manufacturer,
Comeng, constructed a full-size
timber mock-up of the driver's cab
and tested the driver's window
with missiles projected at 240km/h.
The driver's cab is fitted with
central controls plus meters for air
pressure, motor current and train
speed. To ensure a clear view, the
front window is fitted with a
heater-demister, windscreen wiper
and washer.
Comparing the XPT and HST
Fundamentally, the XPT and
British HST are quite similar
although the former runs on
radically different bogies to cope
with the much rougher Australian
tracks.
The British, with their much
larger population, can afford to
provide more money for track
straightening as each line carries
many more trains. Furthermore,
nowhere in the British system are
mountains encountered as in
Australia. These facts prevent the
NSW XPTs from ever matching the
high average speeds achieved in
Britain.
~
Acknowledgement: thanks to
Comeng of Granville, Sydney and
the NSW-SRA for their assistance and photos.
ASK SIUCON CHIP
Got a technical problem? Can't understand a piece of jargon or s ome electronic principle? Drop us a line
and we'll answer your question. Write to: Ask Silicon Chip, PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097.
Railpower model
train controller
I was interested to see the
criticism of the Railpower model
train controller in the December
issue. I required a controller for use
in the shunting yards of my model
railway so I used just the "core" of
the SILICON CHIP design, omitting
the H-pack output and the IC3 & IC4
logic. I used a DPDT switch for
reversing and just a single BD650
as the output transistor.
Functionally the circuit was fine,
except for the very noticeable and
harsh buzz which the locos produced at around zero speed. I therefore
decided to try other pulse frequencies, finally settling on 45Hz. This
was chosen not because the noise
was less significant but because the
motor growl roughly approximated
An idiosyncrasy of
the Minimitter
I have built the FM stereo
transmitter described in the October 1988 issue and find it very
useful up to a point. That point is
when I connect it up to an FM
stereo receiver, as a program
source. This produces a rather
interesting effect. When my second receiver (Walkman) is in
stereo mode, the sound oscillates
up and down to the tune of
around 20dB. The frequency of
oscillation is about 0.5-1Hz.
Switching the first tuner to
mono mode reduces the effect
but then I lose the advantage of
stereo. Also if the first receiver
is a quartz PLL type tuner, the effect is more pronounced than if a
standard analog type tuner is used. The effect only occurs when I
use an FM tuner as the program
source. It is not present when I
use a CD player or cassette deck.
the exhaust of the shunting locos I
use. (What a bonus - a train controller and sound system in one
package)!
One other change effected a
marked reduction in both the volume and harshness of the sound. I
put a 33µF capacitor across the output to soften the sharp leading
edges of the pulse waveform. This
may seem crude but it is effective.
In general, pulse power is fine for
the cheaper models but its advantages diminish and disadvantages
increase in those models with better designed motors. Some models
perform superbly on pure DC at
very low voltages but perform quite
roughly on pulse power at low
speed, despite being fitted with
flywheels. Your statement in the article that pulse power is the
"proper way" needs, I am afraid,
I have also noticed that, in
general, the signal received from
the transmitter is cleaner when
received on an analog type tuner
than on a digital unit. Have you
any ideas why this might be so?
(M. D., Bilgola Plateau, NSW).
• We assume that the oscillation effect is due to a beat between the 38kHz multiplex subcarrier in the original FM
transmission and the 38kHz subcarrier in the FM transmitter.
We are not sure what the
mechanism is but the fact that it
only occurs when you use an FM
tuner is a vital clue. Perhaps it is
because of direct radiation from
the stereo transmitter into the
first tuner. Perhaps other readers can throw more light on the
subject.
Having said that, we cannot
see why you would wish to rebroadcast a received FM program. If you have a Walkman,
why not listen to the program
direct?
some heavy justification. (D. I.,
Meadows, SA).
• Your comments on the use of
pulse power are interesting, particularly your choice of 45Hz to
simulate the exhaust of a shunting
loco. However, we are not keen on
the use of a 33µF capacitor to
quieten the buzz. This may well trigger the overload protection circuitry or cause an increase in the
power dissipation of the output
transistor.
For another view of the Railpower controller see the Mailbag
page in this issue.
Availability of
Siemens HKZ101
I noted the problem of L. B. of
Netley (SA) who is trying to obtain
the Siemens HKZ101 device in
South Australia. This device is
available from the local Siemens
branch office at 297 Pirie Street,
Adelaide. Phone (08) 236 0110.
Keep up the good work, guys. Love
the magazine. (C. H., Redwood
Park, SA).
• Thanks for the tip, C.H.
Where to
buy components
Every month I buy your magazine
as you often have projects I would
like to make. But living in Brisbane
is as good a place to buy electronic
parts as the Black Stump would be.
The major kit sellers aren't much
good their catalogs haven't
changed much since 1984.
I want to buy the LM358 dual op
amp for the House Number project
described in the October 1988
issue, the 7808 8-volt regulator for
the Car Proximity Detector in the
January 1989 issue, and the
MC145026 encoder plus MC145028
decoder for the UHF remote alarm
switch described in March 1988.
I don't want to buy kits for these
MARCH 1989
93
High power
controller for
5-inch gauge loco
Thank you for the article on
the Diesel Sound Generator
described in the December 1988
issue of SILICON CHIP. It is just
what I wanted. I propose to use it
in a 5-inch gauge electric
powered "diesel" locomotive, so
I will be using just one amplifier
and none of the switching
circuitry.
I am also interested in building
the optical tachometer described
in the May 1988 issue of SILICON
CHIP but there is one feature that
is awkward - the use of a very
sensitive (50µA) meter for the
readout. Can it be adapted to a
more rugged and cheaper lmA
meter or, alternatively, to an
LCD readout using a cheap
digital panel meter?
The final thing I want to ask is
whether you might consider doing an electric traction motor
controller for the typical locos I
projects as I already have most of
the parts. Can you tell me where in
Brisbane I might buy these semis?
(W. V., Mt. Gravatt Central, Qld.)
• Jaycar have the 7808 regulator
as a standard catalog item
(ZV-1508} at $1.20. The MC15026
(EE-4546 $8.50) and 15028 (EE-4547
$10.50) are available on special
order from your local Jaycar store.
They do not sell the LM358.
However, you should be able to buy
all these components over the
counter at the Brisbane branch of
George Brown & Co Pty Ltd.
Amplifier for
electrostatic
headphones
Is the Headphone Amplifier for
CD players, as described in the
April 1988 issue of SILICON CHIP,
suitable for driving electrostatic
headphones such as the Stax SRXIII? The owner's instructions say
that amplifiers with power greater
than 10 watts into 80 are required
94
SILICON CHIP
mentioned above. The power requirements are similar to those
of golf buggies or electric wheel
chairs. These give 24VDC and 30
amps; 24VDC because two goodsized car batteries will give
about a half day of running pulling two cars loaded with ten
children plus the driver. This
gives a gross power of 720 watts
which is not required all the
time, fortunately. The unit
should have a full range of speed
control and there must be provision for reversing. Dynamic or
regenerative braking (possible
with series motors) would also be
desirable. (P. D., Orange, NSW).
• Thanks for your comment on
the Diesel Sound Generator. It
should really go well in a 5-inch
gauge loco because you will be
able to use a decent sized
loudspeaker.
It should be possible to modify
the tacho circuit to take a lmA
movement although we have not
tried it. We suggest that VR2 be
changed to 5k0 and the associated 100µF capacitor to 470µF.
but elsewhere say that continuous
maximum input is 5 watts RMS.
These headphones are powered entirely from the audio output of the
supply amplifier. (B. W., Bulleen,
Vic).
• The headphone amplifier
described in April 1988 is suitable
only for driving conventional headphones. Since it only uses a 5534 op
amp for each channel it puts out
very low power.
Electrostatic headphones are
unusual in that they not only require high voltage drive but also require a high DC polarising voltage.
The latter is provided by rectifying
the high drive signal voltage from
the output of the transformers. This
means that no mains power supply
is required but it does mean that
the transformers do require a driving amplifier of quite a reasonable
power output.
The manufacturers quote 10
watts as a minimum figure but this
would only be barely adequate.
There would be a strong tendency
to overload such a small amplifier
As far as the controller for a
5-inch gauge loco is concerned
we are not in a position to design
a circuit but have you considered
the Railpower controller published in the April and May issues?
As it stands, this switchmode circuit has a rated output current of
4 to 5 amps and could easily handle an input from a 24V battery.
It could easily be adapted to
much higher rated Darlington
transistors such as the Motorola
90 volt 50-amp MJl 1030 (NPN)
and MJl 1031 (PNP). Alternatively, the circuit could be adapted
to a high power Mosfet such as
the 50 volt 45-amp BUZ15 from
Siemens or the 50 volt 60-amp
MTM60N06 from Motorola. If
you did use Mosfets you would
need a changeover relay for
reversing the motors.
Dynamic or regenerative braking would require quite a lot of
extra switching but would probably be quite practical if the
track had hills and dales, making
long braking runs necessary. It
sounds like a fascinating project.
as you turn up the wick to make it
loud enough. Preferably, the
amplifier should put out 15 or 20
watts at least. Bigger amplifiers do
carry a risk though because then
you can overload the phones
themselves.
Unfortunately, we cannot suggest
a suitable circuit for this application.
Tri-wing screwdriver
bits for appliances
I found the article on "Screws &
Screwdrivers" in the November
issue most interesting and I agree
with many of your comments about
tamperproof screws. However, my
specific question involves Tri-wing
screws. I have a number of appliances which use these screws
and when I attempted to order a
Tri-wing bit from a specialist supplier they said that Tri-wings come
in five point sizes.
The question is, which point size
do I go for? I have a number of ap-
Insensitive
optical tachometer
After completing the optical
tachometer described in the May
1988 issue of SILICON CHIP, the
circuit functioned correctly but
was not quite sensitive enough. I
obtained a range of less than
50mm on aluminium surfaces. I
took a number of steps to try and
rectify this, including resoldering suspect joints, cleaning the
surfaces of the photodiode and
infrared LED and increasing the
68kn resistor at the gate of Q2.
None of these produced the
desired result. What can be done
to bring the sensitivity of the
tacho up to that of commercial
models which have a range of
about 100mm.
pliances made by Black & Decker
and Hotpoint but I can't get the
screws out so I can't even send the
suppliers a sample screw to help
select the right bit. Please help. (I.
F., Kempsey, NSW).
• In our experience, one size of
Tri-wing screw is widely used in
electrical appliances. You should
use point size 3 to fit them.
Alternator whine
from equaliser
I have three questions to ask you.
First, my car stereo emits an annoying oscillation. It is very noticeable
when idling and the frequency increases when the engine is revved.
The car is a 1982 VH Commodore.
Of course, this is the ignition
spikes coming through. However,
when the equaliser is turned off,
leaving only the radio, the noise is
gone. Could it be that the equaliser
is faulty or is there a need for more
spike suppression as there is
already a suppressor between the
distributor and coil?
Second, I have recently obtained
a dynamic strain gauge (single
channel amplifier) recording unit,
made by Kelvin & Hughes, of Britain. Would you be able to tell me
what it would be used for and if it
can be used in general electronic
On another subject, could you
design a simple circuit to enable
me to connect an antenna to my
W alkman via the headphone
socket. I believe the headphone
cord acts as an antenna, although not always with satisfactory results. (K. B., Hawthorn,
SA).
• As far as we know there is no
defect in the circuit design of the
optical tacho; it has proved quite
popular and trouble-free.
However, we did see one version which was plagued by low
sensitivity but which otherwise
was working normally. The constructor had carefully housed
the photodiode and IR LED in an
aluminium knob and he'd done a
very neat job of it too. The only
problem was that reflections
from the rim of the knob, from
the LED to the photodiode, effectively de-sensitised the unit.
So that is the clue. Is there any
way whereby light can go directly from the IR LED to the
photodiode, without being
reflected from the rotating object
being measured? If so, block that
light path and the unit should
work properly.
As far as W alkman and
similar portable receivers are
concerned, the headphone leads
do provide the antenna. This
works OK in strong signal areas
but the performance drops off
badly in weaker signal areas.
We could design a circuit to
replace the headphone antenna
function but we doubt whether it
would work better.
experimenting? It's an old valve
unit but is in excellent condition. If
you know of somewhere I can get instructions for it I would be grateful.
Finally, could you tell me what a
CMOS 4501 IC does? (S. S.,
Smithfield, NSW).
• We will answer your questions
in turn. First, the "oscillation" from
your car stereo may not be from the
ignition. If it is ignition noise it will
sound like a buzz which rises in
sound with the engine speed. At
idle, it will sound like rapid clicking. We are more inclined to the
view that you are hearing alternator whine.
Either way, it is annoying and is
probably due to the fact that the
equaliser does not have good power
supply suppression. If it is like most
auto equalisers it will be very tightly packed inside and the chance of
adding power supply components is
slight. So there probably isn't a lot
you can do about it. However, it is
worthwhile checking to see if a suppression capacitor is fitted to the
alternator.
We have no knowledge of your
dynamic strain recording unit but
one of our readers may be able to
answer your question.
The 4501 IC is not a widely used
device but is available readily
enough. It is a dual 4-input NAND
gate with 2-input NOR/OR gate in a
r:
i~ -
13
4 ~
r----'
;; _ _
~_[)oXl-•~---14AND
L
L..{>o-15NAND
l ~is ' "
Vss
16-pin package. It can also be used
as an 8-input NAND gate. The accompanying diagram shows the pin
numbering while the dotted lines
show how it can be used as an 8-pin
NAND gate.
Notes & Errata
Hands-Free Speakerphone, September 1988: the lµF capacitor
shown connected to pin 17 on the
circuit diagram of page 17 is the
wrong way around. The wiring
diagram on page 19 is correct.
Simple Ultrasonic Proximity Detector (Car Reversing Alarm) January
1989: D1, as shown on the wiring
diagram of page 28, is reverse connected. The circuit diagram on
page 27 is correct.
MARCH 1989
95
CEli'l
Cash in your suf'plus gear. Advertise it here in Silicon Chip.
Advertising rates for this page: Classified ads - $7 .00 for up to 15 words plus 40 cents
for each additional word ; Display ads (casual rate) - $20 per column centimetre (max.
10cm).
Closing date: five weeks prior to month of sale. If you use a PO Box number, you must
include your permanent address and phone number for our files. We cannot accept ads
submitted without this information.
To run your own classified ad, put one word on each of the lines below and send this form
with your payment to: Silicon Chip Classifieds, PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097.
PLEASE PRINT EACH WORD SEPARATELY, IN BLOCK LETTERS
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15 ($7.00)
Name ........... .. .... .. ..
Address ................. . ........ .. ... .. .. .. .. .
Suburb/Town .. .. ........ .
Postcode
Enclosed is my cneque or money order for$ ..........
D Bankcard D Visa Card D MasterCard
Card No
FOR SALE
SURPLUS TEST EQUIPMENT. We have
the following test equipment surplus to
requirements and available for purchase as is: Tektronix Type 453
50MHz oscilloscope, $750; Tektronix
Type 454A 150MHz oscilloscope
(rack-mount version), $950; Tektronix
491 spectrum analyser, 1 0MHz40GHz, $4200; Systron Donner
762-2A spectrum analyser, 1 0MHz40GHz, $4400; Hewlett-Packard
431 C power meter with thermistor
mount, $800; Singer 6201 synthesised signal generator (to 520MHz),
$1600; 5kW 240V stabilac, $120;
Metrix brand HF signal generator,
AM/CW 200kHz-20MHz, $200.
We also have available a quantity of
pre-loved 25W Alinco dual-band
UPGRADES FOR THE
TANDY 1000
20Mb hard disk plus controller
card $899.00. 40Mb hard disc
plus controller card $1099.00.
RS232 plus real time clock card
$89.00. Phone David on (047) 31
2559 for more details.
96
. or please debit my
l'--~I~~~~~'--~~~~~~~~~~
Signature ........ .. .
SILICON CHIP
Advertising Index
Allied Capacitors ................ .. 83
Altronics ............ ....... ..... 52-55
Arista Electronics ......... 75,OBC
Avtek .. ..... .... .. .. .. .. .. ............ 81
Ballarat Electronic Supplies ... 1 9
Contact International ........... . 77
Dauner Electronics .. .. .. ........ 45
David Reid Electronics ......... 8,9
Dick Smith Electronics ..... 20-25
Geoff Wood Electronics ........ 1 5
Goldstar ............................ IFC
Hycal Instruments .... ............ 1 9
Jaycar Electronics .... ...... 62,63
J.V. Tuners .... .. ...... .. .......... . 59
RCS Radio ............... ..... .. .... 72
Rod Irving Electronics ........... 73
........... Card expiry date ....... ./ ........ / ........
transceivers, type ALD-24T, covering
144-148MHz and 430-440MHz with
inbuilt duplexer. Complete with manuals
and circuit diagrams. $500 each.
Our US warehouse holds inventory too
large to list. We regularly airship from
the West Coast. Fax or mail your requirements to Av-Comm Pty Ltd, PO
Box 175, Gordon, NSW 2072 . Fax
(02) 489 6493.
HI-TECH STEREO AMPLIFIERS built.
Reasonable prices. For full details send
SAE to 36 Palmer St, Nambucca
Heads, 2448.
RADFAX 2: HI-RES RADIO facsimilie,
Morse and RTTY program for IBM
PC/XT on 360K 5.25-inch floppy plus
full documentation. Need CGA. SSB HF
FSK/tone decoder. Has re-align, autostart, view, save, print. Also
"RF2HERC" same as above but
suitable for Hercules card and
"RF2EGA" for EGA card (640 x 350
mode). Programs are $30 each plus $3
postage. Only from Michael Delahunty,
42 Villiers Street, New Farm, Qld
4005. Phone (07) 358 2785.
NEW 64K-256K PRINTER BUFFER
design release. VER 4.0 and REV G
boards now available. Double-sided
PC Boards
Printed circuit boards for SILICON
CHIP projects are made by:
• RCS Radio Pty Ltd , 651
Forest Rd, Bexley, NSW 2207.
Phone (02) 587 3491.
• Jemal Products, 5 Forge St,
Welshpool, WA 6106. Phone
(09) 350 5555.
• Marday Services, PO Box
19-189, Avondale, Auckland ,
NZ. Phone 88 5730.
PCB, EPROM and instructions:
$39.00. Optional additions include 2 x
?-segment LED front panel display of
percentage full, 1 to 99 copies ·select,
3 polled computer inputs , printer switches, computer switches and serial
converter boards. For a free catalog
send a 39c stamp to: Don McKenzie,
29 Ellesmere Crescent, Tullamarine
3043.
BOOKS & PLANS
LOW SPEED GENERATORS for windmills,. water turbines, steam engines.
The definitive book: "The Homebuilt
Dynamo" (1987), 182 pages, 8.5" x
12", hardback. Generator design and
construction with ceramic magnets.
Complete plans, 268 photographs,
step-by-step construction details .
$A85.00 postpaid airmail (brochure
$A5. 00 refundable). Todd-Forbes
Publishing, 627 West Coast Road,
Oratia, Auckland.
Silicon Chip Back Issues
November 1987: Car Stereo in Your
Home ; 1 GHz Frequency Meter; Capacitance Adapter for DMMs .
December 1987: 1 00W Power Ampl ifier
Module ; Passive lnfrared Sensor for
Burglar Alarms ; Universal Speed Control
and Lamp Dimm er; 24V to 12V DC
Converter.
January 1988: __1.;.SaOowtie UHF
Antenna; ~
cio\J)"i'ower Supply ;
Custom a_lC!)~~ Subcarrier
Adapter fo~
ers.
February 1988: 200 Watt Stereo Power
Amplifier ; Deluxe Car Burglar Alarm; End
of File Indicator for Modems.
March 1988: Remote Switch for Car
Alarms ; Telephone Line Grabber; Low
Cost Function Generator ; Endless Loop
Tape Player.
April 1988: Walkaround Throttle for
Model Railroads ; pH Meter for Swimming
Pools; Slave Flash Trigger ; Headphone
Amplifier for CD Players.
May 1988: Optical Tachometer for
Aeromodellers ; High Energy Ignition for
Cars; Ultrasonic Car Burglar Alarm .
June 1988: Stereo Control Preamplifier;
Breake rless Ignition For Cars ; Automatic
Li ght Controller; Mega-Fast Nicad Battery Charger.
Ju!y 1988: Fitting a Fuel Cut-Off
Solenoid ; Booster for TV & FM Signals;
The Discolight Light Show.
August 1988: Plasma Display ; Remote
Chime/Doorbell ; High Performance AC
Millivoltmeter ; Getting the Most Out of
Nicad Batteries .
September 1988: Hands-Free Speakerphone ; Electronic Fish Bite Detector;
Switchmode Charger for 1 2V Gel Batteries ; Vader Voice.
October 1988: Stereo FM Transmitter;
High Performance FM Antenna ; LedLight House Number; Matchbox Crystal
Set.
November 1988: 120W PA Amplifier
Module ; Poor Man 's Plasma Display ; Car
Safety Light ; How to Quieten the Fan in
Your Computer.
December 1988: 1 20W PA Amplifier;
Diesel Sound Generator; Car Antenna/Demister Adaptor; SSB Adaptor for
Shortwave Receivers.
January 1989: Line Filter for Computers ;
Proximity Detector for Cars; Computer
Sound Repeater ; How to Service Car
Cassette Players.
February 1989:Transistor Beta Tester;
Build th e Minstrel 2-30 Loudspeaker
System ; LED Flasher for Model
Railways; Lightning & Electronic
Appliances.
BACK ISSUES ORDER FORM
Please send me a back issue for:
□ March 1988
□ August 1988
□ April 1988
□ September 1 988
□ November 1 98 7
□ May 1988
□ December 1987
□ June 1988
□ February 1 988
□ July 1988
□ October 1 988
□ November 1 988
□ December 1 988
□ January 1 989 □ February 1 989
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $ ______ or please debit my □ Bankcard □ Visa Card
□ MasterCard
Price: $A5 .00 each (includes
postage) . Overseas orders add
$A 1 .00 per issue for postage.
Signature _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ Card expiry date _ _ / __ / _ _
NZ & PNG orders are sent by
air mail.
Name ___________________________
(PLEASE PRINT)
Detach and mail to:
SILICON CHIP PUBLICATIONS
Street_________________________
PO BOX 139
COLLAROY BEACH
Suburb/town _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Postcode____
NSW 2097
~-------------------------------------~
|